Series CJ2 - SMC Pneumatics (Ireland)
Series CJ2 - SMC Pneumatics (Ireland)
Series CJ2 - SMC Pneumatics (Ireland)
Transform your PDFs into Flipbooks and boost your revenue!
Leverage SEO-optimized Flipbooks, powerful backlinks, and multimedia content to professionally showcase your products and significantly increase your reach.
Air Cylinder<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
ø6, ø10, ø16<br />
Improved wear resistance<br />
The bearing portions of the rod cover and the<br />
clevis have been improved in wear resistance<br />
to ensure the longevity of the cylinder.<br />
<strong>Series</strong> Variations<br />
Standard<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
<strong>Series</strong><br />
Non-rotating Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Built-in Speed Controller<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
Low Friction<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />
Direct Mount<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
Reduced piston rod deflection<br />
Action<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Single<br />
acting<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Single<br />
acting<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Single<br />
acting<br />
Single rod<br />
Double<br />
rod<br />
Single rod<br />
Single rod<br />
Double rod<br />
Single rod<br />
Single rod<br />
Basic<br />
Easy installation<br />
The clearance between the bushing and the piston<br />
rod has been decreased to achieve higher accuracy,<br />
thus decreasing the deflection of the piston rod.<br />
Rod<br />
Single rod,<br />
Spring<br />
return/<br />
Spring<br />
extend<br />
Single rod,<br />
(Spring return/<br />
Spring extend)<br />
Single rod,<br />
(Spring return/<br />
Spring extend)<br />
The installation is simple because a tool<br />
can be placed directly over the cover for<br />
installation.<br />
Built-in<br />
magnet<br />
Standard variations<br />
With air Clean<br />
cushion series<br />
High speed actuation possible<br />
Either the rubber bumper or the air<br />
cushion can be selected according to the<br />
drive speed conditions. Therefore, it can<br />
support high speed drives.<br />
Rubber bumper······50 to 750 mm/s<br />
(Standard equipment)<br />
Air cushion······50 to 1000 mm/s<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Page<br />
6-3-2<br />
6-3-14<br />
6-3-22<br />
6-3-33<br />
6-3-38<br />
6-3-45<br />
6-3-50<br />
6-3-55<br />
6-3-59<br />
6-3-64<br />
Copperfree<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Direct Mount, Non-Rotating Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Single<br />
acting<br />
Single rod<br />
Single rod,<br />
(Spring return/<br />
Spring extend)<br />
6-3-68<br />
6-3-72<br />
With end lock<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
Double<br />
acting<br />
Single rod<br />
16<br />
6-3-77<br />
Reed switch<br />
Type Band mounting style Rail mounting style<br />
Solid state switch<br />
D-C7/C80, D-C73C/C80C<br />
D-H7, D-H7C, D-H7W, D-H7BAL, D-H7NF<br />
D-A7/A80, D-A7H/A80H, D-A73C/A80C, D-A79W<br />
D-F7/J79, D-F7V, D-J79C, D-F7W/J79W, D-F7WV,<br />
D-F7BAL, D-F79F, D-F7NTL, D-F7BAVL<br />
6-3-1
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
ø6, ø10, ø16<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Bore size <br />
6 mm<br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
How to Order<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø6 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
Cushion<br />
Nil<br />
A<br />
L 16 60 A R<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Air cushion (Except ø6)<br />
CDJ2 L 16 60 A R J79W<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or<br />
“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />
number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2B10-45-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2B16-60-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />
pcs switches come with the rail.<br />
Band mounting style<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
Symbol<br />
Nil<br />
6<br />
—<br />
10, 16<br />
Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
∗ Double clevis style is only available for<br />
being perpendicular to axis.<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch model,<br />
refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style is<br />
shipped together, (but not<br />
assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder without<br />
an auto switch is required, refer to<br />
the model of built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Load voltage<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />
Wiring<br />
DC AC Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None<br />
(Output)<br />
connector<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />
Applicable load<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent) —<br />
5 V — C76 — A76H — — — IC circuit —<br />
— 200 V — A72 A72H — — —<br />
2-wire<br />
100 V C73 A73 A73H — —<br />
12 V<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
C73C A73C — — —<br />
24 V<br />
PLC<br />
— — — A79W ∗∗ — — — —<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
H7A1 F7NV F79 — <br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
H7A2 F7PV F7P — <br />
IC circuit<br />
2-wire 12 V<br />
H7B F7BV J79 — <br />
H7C J79C — —<br />
—<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
IC circuit Relay,<br />
3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />
— H7PW — F7PW — <br />
PLC<br />
H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />
2-wire 12 V<br />
H7BA — F7BA — — —<br />
— F7BAV — — — —<br />
4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V<br />
H7NF — F79F — —<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-2<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA<br />
-XB6<br />
-XB7<br />
-XB9<br />
Change of rod end shape<br />
Heat resistant cylinder (150°C) ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />
Cold resistant cylinder ∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />
Low speed cylinder (10 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion<br />
-XB13 Low speed cylinder (5 to 50 mm/s) ∗ Not available with air cushion<br />
-XC3 Special port location ∗ Not available with air cushion<br />
-XC8<br />
-XC9<br />
-XC10<br />
-XC11<br />
Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable extension type<br />
Adjustable stroke cylinder/Adjustable retraction type<br />
Dual stroke cylinder/Double rod type<br />
Dual stroke cylinder/Single rod type<br />
-XC22<br />
-XC51<br />
Fluoro rubber seals<br />
With hose nipple<br />
∗ Not available with air cushion<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
ø6<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
ø6<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.12 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper/Air cushion<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.012 J<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
6<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Band mounting style<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
90<br />
55<br />
50<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
60<br />
60<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
65<br />
65<br />
15<br />
10<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
(ø10, ø16)<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-A7H<br />
D-A80H<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-F7<br />
D-J79<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7W<br />
D-J79W<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
35<br />
10<br />
5<br />
45<br />
10<br />
5<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
45<br />
5<br />
5<br />
30<br />
5<br />
5<br />
55<br />
15<br />
10<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-3
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
T-bracket<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Theoretical Output<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
Refer to “Double acting cylinder” in Theoretical Output Table 1 of Technical<br />
data 3 on page 6-19-1.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Mounting bracket<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
Foot bracket<br />
Flange bracket<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
CJ-L006B<br />
CJ-F006B<br />
CJ-L010B<br />
CJ-F010B<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-006<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Axial<br />
foot style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
16<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
CJ-F016B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />
Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />
(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />
when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />
Rod side<br />
flange style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Double ∗<br />
clevis style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line<br />
with the cylinder axis is available for basic style.<br />
(ø6 is available only as in-line style.)<br />
Weight<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
weight<br />
Accessory<br />
bracket<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Bore size (mm) 6<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
15<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 2<br />
Axial foot style<br />
8<br />
Rod side flange style 5<br />
Double clevis style (With pin) ∗ —<br />
Single knuckle joint —<br />
Double knuckle joint (With pin) —<br />
T-bracket<br />
—<br />
10<br />
24<br />
4<br />
8<br />
5<br />
4<br />
16<br />
24<br />
32<br />
(g)<br />
16<br />
55<br />
6.5<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
22<br />
19.5<br />
50<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the<br />
basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis<br />
style, so the mounting nut weight is already<br />
subtracted.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45<br />
• Basic weight ············· 24 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight ······· 4/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke ·········· 45 stroke<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ·· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />
24 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 44 g<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Mounting<br />
Caution<br />
1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten<br />
by applying an appropriate tightening force to the<br />
retaining but or to the rod cover body.<br />
If the head cover is secured or the head cover is<br />
tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the<br />
deviation.<br />
2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate<br />
tightening torque within the range given below.<br />
ø6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m,<br />
ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m<br />
3. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle<br />
pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate pair of<br />
pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />
In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as<br />
the Super Tool CSM-07A for removing and installing<br />
the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />
4. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not<br />
remove the rail that is mounted. Because retaining<br />
screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead to an<br />
air leak.<br />
6-3-4
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
With Air Cushion<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />
10-<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />
Specifications<br />
Stroke A<br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />
With air cushion<br />
head cover 20-<strong>CJ2</strong> Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />
Port location on<br />
Action<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
6, 10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
Minimum operating<br />
pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
ø6<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
0.14 MPa<br />
0.08 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper/Air cusion<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-3.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting style<br />
Bore size<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
The cushion mechanism is provided for covers in both sides<br />
to absorb the impacts when operating at a high speed.<br />
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which<br />
discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the<br />
outside of clean room by relief port and making an actuator’s<br />
rod section having a double seal construction.<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Type<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Piston speed<br />
Mounting<br />
Cushion Mechanism<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
Effective cushioning<br />
length (mm)<br />
10<br />
9.4<br />
16<br />
9.4<br />
∗ For construction, refer to page 6-3-6.<br />
Copper-free<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating ø6<br />
pressure ø10, ø16<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Non-lube<br />
10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
50 to 1000 mm/s<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
Kinetic energy absorbable (J)<br />
0.07 J<br />
0.18 J<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
6, 10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.12 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-3.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style, Rod side flange style,<br />
Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Construction<br />
Construction<br />
Possible to mount (Band mounting style)<br />
For details, refer to the separate catalog “Pneumatic Clean <strong>Series</strong>”.<br />
6-3-5
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>6-R<br />
Piston<br />
Magnet<br />
Piston construction when<br />
auto switch is mounted.<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>10, <strong>CJ2</strong>16<br />
Piston<br />
Magnet<br />
Piston construction when<br />
auto switch is mounted.<br />
With air cushion<br />
Component Parts<br />
No. Description<br />
q Rod cover<br />
w Head cover<br />
e Cylinder tube<br />
r Piston rod<br />
t Piston<br />
y Mounting nut<br />
u Rod end nut<br />
i Bumper<br />
o ∗ Seal retainer<br />
!0 Piston seal<br />
!1 Rod seal<br />
!2 Tube gasket<br />
!3 Piston gasket<br />
∗ Only for ø6<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Urethane<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Anodized<br />
Dedicated for with Air Cushion Type<br />
No.<br />
!4<br />
!5<br />
!6<br />
!7<br />
!8<br />
!9<br />
Description<br />
Cushion needle<br />
Steel balls<br />
Cushion ring<br />
Check seal<br />
Needle seal<br />
Cushion ring gasket<br />
Material<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Bearing steel<br />
Brass<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
6-3-6
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B6<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B10/16<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>B Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
A Port location on head cover<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
14<br />
20<br />
D<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
14.5<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
—<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
16<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
7<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NDh8<br />
0<br />
6 –0.018<br />
0<br />
8 –0.022<br />
0<br />
10 –0.022<br />
NN<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
49<br />
46<br />
47<br />
T<br />
3<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Z<br />
77<br />
74<br />
75<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
GB<br />
6.5<br />
6.5<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NB<br />
20<br />
20<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WB<br />
13.5<br />
13.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
65<br />
66<br />
Z<br />
93<br />
94<br />
6-3-7
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L6<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Rod cover side Head cover side<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L10/16<br />
Cover surface<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>L<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke A Port location on head cover<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
14<br />
20<br />
D<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
14.5<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
—<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
28<br />
LB<br />
15<br />
15<br />
23<br />
LC<br />
4.5<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
LH<br />
9<br />
9<br />
14<br />
LT<br />
1.6<br />
1.6<br />
2.3<br />
LX<br />
24<br />
24<br />
33<br />
LY<br />
16.5<br />
16.5<br />
25<br />
LZ<br />
32<br />
32<br />
42<br />
MM<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
16<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
7<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NN<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
49<br />
46<br />
47<br />
T<br />
3<br />
—<br />
—<br />
X<br />
5<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Y<br />
7<br />
7<br />
9<br />
Z<br />
77<br />
74<br />
75<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
Bore size (mm) B C GA GB LB NA NB WA WB WW S Z<br />
10 15 17 7.5 6.5 16.5 21 20 14.5 13.5 4.5 65 93<br />
16 18.3 20 7.5 6.5 23 21 20 14.5 13.5 5.5 66 94<br />
6-3-8
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F6<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F10/16<br />
Cover surface<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>F Bore size<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Stroke A Port location on head cover<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod cover<br />
side<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Head cover<br />
side<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Material: Iron<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm) A B C D F FB FC<br />
6 15 12 14 3 8 13 4.5<br />
10 15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5<br />
16 15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5<br />
FT<br />
1.6<br />
1.6<br />
2.3<br />
FX<br />
24<br />
24<br />
33<br />
FY<br />
14<br />
14<br />
20<br />
FZ<br />
32<br />
32<br />
42<br />
GA<br />
14.5<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
—<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Applicable<br />
Part no.<br />
bore size (mm)<br />
B<br />
NTJ-006A 6 5.5<br />
NTJ-010A 10 7<br />
NTJ-015A 16 8<br />
NA<br />
16<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
7<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NN<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
S<br />
49<br />
46<br />
47<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
T<br />
3<br />
—<br />
—<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Z<br />
77<br />
74<br />
75<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
Bore size (mm) B C FB GA GB NA NB WA WB WW S Z<br />
10 15 17 14.5 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.5 13.5 4.5 65 93<br />
16 18.3 20 19 7.5 6.5 21 20 14.5 13.5 5.5 66 94<br />
6-3-9
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>D Bore size Stroke<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
øCDH9<br />
+0.030<br />
0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
ZZ + Stroke<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>D Bore size<br />
Stroke A<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
+0.030<br />
øCDH9 0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
(øcdd9 –0.030<br />
–0.060)<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
ZZ + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
CD (cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
CZ<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
18<br />
23<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
22.5<br />
27.5<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
S<br />
46<br />
47<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
Z<br />
82<br />
85<br />
ZZ<br />
93<br />
99<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
TC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
TH<br />
29<br />
35<br />
TV<br />
40<br />
48<br />
TW<br />
22<br />
28<br />
TX<br />
32<br />
38<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CZ<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
GB<br />
19.5<br />
24.5<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NB<br />
33<br />
38<br />
S<br />
65<br />
66<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WB<br />
26.5<br />
31.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
Z<br />
101<br />
104<br />
TY<br />
12<br />
16<br />
ZZ<br />
112<br />
118<br />
6-3-10
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Single Knuckle Joint<br />
Accessory Bracket Dimensions<br />
Clevis Pin<br />
Knuckle Pin<br />
Applicable<br />
Part no. A1 L1 MM ND H10 NX<br />
bore (mm)<br />
+0.048<br />
I-J010B 10 8 21 M4 x 0.7 3.3 0 3.1<br />
+0.048<br />
I-J016B 16 8 25 M5 x 0.8 5.3 0 6.4<br />
Double Knuckle Joint<br />
Part no.<br />
Y-J010B<br />
Y-J016B<br />
Part no.<br />
Y-J010B<br />
Y-J016B<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
NDd9<br />
–0.030<br />
3.3 –0.060<br />
–0.030<br />
5.3 –0.060<br />
A1<br />
8<br />
11<br />
NDH10<br />
+0.048<br />
3.3 0<br />
+0.048<br />
5.3 0<br />
Material: Rolled steel<br />
Material: Rolled steel<br />
L L1 MM<br />
15.2 21 M4 x 0.7<br />
16.6 21 M5 x 0.8<br />
NX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
R1<br />
8<br />
12<br />
R1<br />
8<br />
12<br />
U1<br />
U1<br />
9<br />
14<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
T-bracket<br />
øND hole H10<br />
Axis d9<br />
Double clevis style cylinder<br />
10<br />
10<br />
Part no.<br />
CD-J010<br />
CD-Z015<br />
CD-JA010 ∗<br />
Mounting Nut<br />
Part no.<br />
SNJ-006B<br />
SNJ-010B<br />
SNJ-016B<br />
SNKJ-016B ∗<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
3.3<br />
5.3<br />
3.3<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
16<br />
Dd9<br />
–0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
–0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
–0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
Material: Stainless steel<br />
Applicable<br />
d L l m t<br />
snap ring<br />
3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2<br />
4.8 22.7 18.3 1.5 0.7 Type C 5<br />
3 18.2 15.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2<br />
∗ For ø10 double clevis style, with air cushion<br />
and built-in speed controller.<br />
B<br />
8<br />
11<br />
14<br />
17<br />
C<br />
9.2<br />
12.7<br />
16.2<br />
19.6<br />
Material: Brass<br />
d<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
∗ For ø16 non-rotating type. (Use SNJ-016B for<br />
ø10 non-rotating type.)<br />
H<br />
4<br />
4<br />
4<br />
4<br />
Rod End Cap<br />
Flat type/CJ-CF<br />
Part no.<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
CD-J010<br />
IY-J015<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Dd9<br />
3.3<br />
5.3<br />
–0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
–0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
∗ For size ø10, clevis pin is diverted.<br />
B<br />
d<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Material: Stainless steel<br />
L<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
l<br />
m<br />
3 15.2 12.2 1.2 0.3 Type C 3.2<br />
4.8 16.6 12.2 1.5 0.7 Type C 5<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Round type/CJ-CR<br />
t<br />
Applicable<br />
snap ring<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Material: Polyacetal<br />
Part no.<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
TC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
TDH10<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
+0.048<br />
0<br />
+0.048<br />
0<br />
TH<br />
29<br />
35<br />
TK<br />
18<br />
20<br />
TN<br />
3.1<br />
6.4<br />
TT<br />
2<br />
2.3<br />
TU<br />
9<br />
14<br />
TV TW TX<br />
40<br />
48<br />
22<br />
28<br />
32<br />
38<br />
TY<br />
12<br />
16<br />
TZ<br />
8<br />
10<br />
Part no.<br />
Flat type Round type<br />
CJ-CF006 CJ-CR006<br />
CJ-CF010 CJ-CR010<br />
CJ-CF016 CJ-CR016<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
6<br />
8<br />
10<br />
D<br />
8<br />
10<br />
12<br />
L<br />
11<br />
13<br />
15<br />
MM<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
N<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
R<br />
8<br />
10<br />
12<br />
W<br />
6<br />
8<br />
10<br />
6-3-11
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and Its Mounting Height<br />
Reed switch<br />
<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-H7NF<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-C73C/C80C<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-H7C<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
≅Hs<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
Auto switch<br />
<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F79F/F7BAL<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs<br />
≅Hs ≅Hs<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
D-J79C<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-A79W<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
6-3-12
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
2<br />
(8.5)<br />
2.5<br />
3<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
D-H7/H7W<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
Hs<br />
15<br />
17<br />
20.5<br />
Operating Range<br />
Auto switch model<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
D-C73C/C80C<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-H7/H7W/H7BAL<br />
D-H7C<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7BAL/F7BAVL<br />
D-F7NTL<br />
B<br />
2<br />
(0.5)<br />
2.5<br />
3<br />
A<br />
1<br />
(7.5)<br />
1.5<br />
2<br />
Hs<br />
17.5<br />
19.5<br />
23<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7C<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
B<br />
1<br />
(0)<br />
1.5<br />
2<br />
∗ Since this is a guideline including hysteresis,<br />
not meant to be guaranteed.<br />
(Assuming approximately ±30% dispersion.)<br />
There may be the case it will vary substantially<br />
depending on an ambient environment.<br />
Hs<br />
18<br />
20<br />
23.5<br />
A<br />
—<br />
3<br />
3.5<br />
B<br />
—<br />
3<br />
3.5<br />
Hs<br />
—<br />
16.5<br />
19.5<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
A<br />
—<br />
3.5<br />
4<br />
Hs<br />
—<br />
17.5<br />
20.5<br />
B<br />
—<br />
3.5<br />
4<br />
A<br />
—<br />
0.5<br />
1<br />
Hs<br />
—<br />
23.5<br />
26.5<br />
D-A79W<br />
∗ Figures in parentheses for bore ø6 are in the case of double rod type, (<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W).<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
6<br />
6<br />
10<br />
7<br />
16<br />
7<br />
—<br />
—<br />
3<br />
5<br />
4<br />
—<br />
8<br />
11<br />
4<br />
8<br />
5<br />
5<br />
9<br />
13<br />
4<br />
9<br />
5<br />
5<br />
D-H7C<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7BAL/F79F<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
Type Model Electrical entry Features<br />
D-A80<br />
Grommet<br />
D-A80H<br />
Without<br />
Reed switch D-A80C<br />
Connector<br />
indicator light<br />
D-C80<br />
Grommet<br />
Solid state switch<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-F7NTL<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
With timer<br />
∗ With pre-wire connector is available for D-F7NTL type, too. For details, refer to page 6-16-56.<br />
B<br />
—<br />
0.5<br />
1<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto switches can be<br />
mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to page 6-16-1.<br />
Hs<br />
—<br />
20<br />
23<br />
D-J79C<br />
Hs<br />
—<br />
23<br />
26<br />
D-A79W<br />
Hs<br />
—<br />
19<br />
22<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-13
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
ø6, ø10, ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size <br />
6 mm<br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Foot style<br />
Flange style<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>W L<br />
CDJ2W L<br />
16 45<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø6, ø10, ø16 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke<br />
adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch<br />
Mounting” on page 6-3-15.<br />
Cushion<br />
Nil Rubber bumper<br />
A Air cushion<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style)<br />
or “-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of<br />
part number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
A<br />
16 45 A J79W<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2WB16-60-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2WB10-45-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for<br />
2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto<br />
switch model, refer to the<br />
table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together,<br />
(but not assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model<br />
of built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
n<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
12 V<br />
AC<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None connector<br />
Applicable load<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF ∗∗∗<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
—<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />
Water resistant Grommet 2-wire 12 V<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
6-3-14<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W ∗∗<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
IC circuit<br />
IC circuit<br />
IC circuit<br />
IC circuit<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />
∗∗∗ “D-H7NF” cannot be mounted on bore size ø6 cylinder.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Double rod<br />
Symbol<br />
-XA<br />
-XB6<br />
-XB7<br />
-XC22<br />
-XC51<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Specifications<br />
Change of rod end shape<br />
Heat resistant cylinder (150°C)<br />
∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />
Cold resistant cylinder<br />
∗ Not available with switch & with air cushion<br />
Fluoro rubber seals<br />
∗ Not available with air cushion<br />
With hose nipple<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Band mounting style<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
ø6<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
ø6<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
90<br />
55<br />
50<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
60<br />
60<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
65<br />
65<br />
15<br />
10<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
(ø10, ø16)<br />
Double acting, Double rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper/Air cushion<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.012 J<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
6, 10, 16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-A7H<br />
D-A80H<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-F7<br />
D-J79<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7W<br />
D-J79W<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
35<br />
10<br />
5<br />
45<br />
10<br />
5<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
45<br />
5<br />
5<br />
30<br />
5<br />
5<br />
55<br />
15<br />
10<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-15
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-13.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Basic style<br />
<br />
<br />
Foot style<br />
<br />
<br />
Option<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
<br />
<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
<br />
<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Mounting bracket<br />
Foot bracket<br />
Flange bracket<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
CJ-L006B<br />
CJ-F006B<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-006<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
CJ-L010B<br />
CJ-F010B<br />
16<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
CJ-F016B<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />
Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />
(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />
when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />
Flange style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Weight<br />
Bore size (mm) 6<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
27<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 3<br />
16<br />
Mounting bracket Foot style<br />
weight<br />
Flange style 5<br />
Theoretical Output<br />
(g)<br />
10 16<br />
35 70<br />
6 9<br />
16 40<br />
5 15<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the<br />
basic weight.<br />
Calculation: (Example)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>WL10-45<br />
• Basic weight ····························· 35 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight ······················ 6/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke ························ 45 stroke<br />
• Mounting bracket weight··········· 16 (Foot style)<br />
35 + 6/15 x 45 + 16 = 69 g<br />
Refer to “Double acting cylinder” in Theoretical<br />
Output 1 of Technical data 3 on page 6-19-1.<br />
In the case of the double rod style, the force at<br />
IN side will be its theoretical output.<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Mounting<br />
Caution<br />
1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten<br />
by applying an appropriate tightening force to the<br />
retaining but or to the rod cover body.<br />
If the head cover is secured or the head cover is<br />
tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the<br />
deviation.<br />
2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate<br />
tightening torque within the range given below.<br />
ø6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m,<br />
ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m<br />
3. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle<br />
pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate pair of<br />
pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />
In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as<br />
the Super Tool CSM-07A for removing and installing<br />
the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />
4. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not<br />
remove the rail that is mounted. Because retaining<br />
screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead to an<br />
air leak.<br />
6-3-16
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />
10-<strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Mounting style<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Double acting, Double rod<br />
Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which<br />
discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the<br />
outside of clean room by relief port and making an actuator’s<br />
rod section having a double seal construction.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-15.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
CJ1<br />
Mounting<br />
Basic style, Foot style, Flange style<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
For details, refer to the separate catalog “Pneumatic Clean <strong>Series</strong>”.<br />
CM2<br />
Construction<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
With Air Cushion<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Mounting style<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Air cushion<br />
The cushion mechanism is provided for covers in both sides<br />
to absorb the impacts when operating at a high speed.<br />
A<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Mounting style<br />
Copper-free<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Type<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Piston speed<br />
Mounting<br />
Cushion Mechanism<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Effective cushioning<br />
length (mm)<br />
9.4<br />
9.4<br />
∗ For construction, refer to page 6-3-6.<br />
Double acting, Double rod<br />
Non-lube<br />
10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
50 to 1000 mm/s<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style, Flange style<br />
Kinetic energy absorbable<br />
(J)<br />
0.07 J<br />
0.18 J<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum<br />
ø6<br />
operating pressure ø10, ø16<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Double acting, Double rod<br />
6, 10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
15, 30, 45, 60 mm<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Foot style, Flange style<br />
6-3-17
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
With air cushion<br />
Component Parts<br />
No. Description<br />
q Rod cover<br />
w Cylinder tube<br />
e Piston rod<br />
r Piston<br />
t Mounting nut<br />
y Rod end nut<br />
u Bumper<br />
i Piston seal<br />
o Rod seal<br />
!0 Tube gasket<br />
!1 Piston gasket<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Urethane<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Dedicated for with Air Cushion Type<br />
No.<br />
!2<br />
!3<br />
!4<br />
!5<br />
!6<br />
!7<br />
Description<br />
Cushion needle<br />
Steel balls<br />
Cushion ring<br />
Check seal<br />
Cushion ring gasket<br />
Needle seal<br />
Material<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Bearing steel<br />
Brass<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
6-3-18
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>WB Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>WB6<br />
Rod cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
CJ1<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>WB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
A<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
NCM<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Data<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm) A B C D F GA H<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
66<br />
67<br />
Z<br />
122<br />
123<br />
MM NA ND h8 NN S ∗ T Z ∗<br />
0<br />
6 15 12 14 3 8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 6 –0.018 M6 x 1.0<br />
10<br />
16<br />
15<br />
15<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
14<br />
20<br />
4<br />
5<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
28<br />
28<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
61<br />
(66)<br />
3<br />
117<br />
(122)<br />
0<br />
8 –0.022 M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
49<br />
50<br />
—<br />
—<br />
105<br />
106<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
10 0<br />
–0.022<br />
6-3-19
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>WL Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>WL<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
A<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Cover surface<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm) A D F GA H LB LC<br />
6 15 3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16<br />
10 15 4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7<br />
16 15 5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
LB<br />
16.5<br />
23<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
66<br />
67<br />
Z<br />
122<br />
123<br />
6-3-20<br />
LH<br />
LT<br />
LX<br />
LY<br />
LZ<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
MM NA NN S ∗ T X Y Z ∗<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
61<br />
(66)<br />
3<br />
117<br />
(122)<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
49<br />
50<br />
—<br />
—<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
9<br />
105<br />
106<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
5<br />
7
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>W<br />
Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>WF<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
CJ1<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Cover surface<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
With air cushion: <strong>CJ2</strong>WF<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
A<br />
C76<br />
Cover surface<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
D-<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm) A D F FB FC<br />
3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28<br />
10 15 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28<br />
16 15 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28<br />
With Air Cushion/Dimensions other than the table below are the same as the table above.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
FB<br />
14.5<br />
19<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
66<br />
67<br />
Z<br />
122<br />
123<br />
FT<br />
FX<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
M5 x 0.8 12.5 M10 x 1.0 50 — 106<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
MM NA NN S ∗ T Z ∗<br />
6 15 M3 x 0.5 16 M6 x 1.0<br />
FY<br />
FZ<br />
GA<br />
H<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
12.5<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
61<br />
(66)<br />
49<br />
Material: Iron<br />
3<br />
—<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
117<br />
(122)<br />
105<br />
6-3-21
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
ø6, ø10, ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
Spring extend<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size <br />
6 mm<br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Spring return Mounting style <br />
B Basic style<br />
L Axial foot style<br />
F Rod side flange style<br />
D Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø6 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-23.<br />
Action<br />
S<br />
T<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or<br />
“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />
number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong> L<br />
CDJ2 L<br />
16 45 S R<br />
16 45 S R J79W<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2B16-60S-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2B10-45S-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />
for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
Symbol<br />
Nil<br />
R<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
6<br />
—<br />
Axial foot style<br />
10, 16<br />
Perpendicular to axis<br />
Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
∗ Single acting, Spring return (S), Clevis style is<br />
available only for 90° to the axis.<br />
∗ Not applicable to single acting, spring extend (T).<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch model,<br />
refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style is<br />
shipped together, (but not<br />
assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder without<br />
an auto switch is required, refer to<br />
the model of built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
n<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
—<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
12 V<br />
—<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
Water resistant Grommet 2-wire 12 V<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
4-wire (NPN) 5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
AC<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-22<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None<br />
connector<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />
Applicable load<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
IC circuit —<br />
C73 A73 A73H — —<br />
Relay,<br />
C73C A73C — — —<br />
PLC<br />
— A79W — — — —<br />
H7A1<br />
H7B<br />
F7NV<br />
F7BV<br />
F79<br />
J79<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
H7A2<br />
H7C<br />
F7PV<br />
J79C<br />
F7P<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />
IC circuit Relay,<br />
H7PW — F7PW — <br />
PLC<br />
H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring return<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring extend<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC22 Fluoro rubber seals<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Spring extend<br />
Spring return<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
∗ No freezing<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Band mounting style<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
ø6<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
ø6<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Standard stroke<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1<br />
mm interval with no stroke adjustment by<br />
spacer.<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
90<br />
55<br />
50<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
60<br />
60<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
65<br />
65<br />
15<br />
10<br />
Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.2 MPa 0.25 MPa<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
(ø10, ø16)<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper ∗<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
Spring Force<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.012 J<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-A7H<br />
D-A80H<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-F7<br />
D-J79<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7W<br />
D-J79W<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
Retracted<br />
side<br />
3.72<br />
6.86<br />
14.2<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Extended<br />
side<br />
1.77<br />
3.53<br />
6.86<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
35<br />
10<br />
5<br />
45<br />
10<br />
5<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
45<br />
5<br />
5<br />
30<br />
5<br />
5<br />
55<br />
15<br />
10<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
(N)<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-23
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Weight/Spring Return (S)<br />
Basic<br />
weight ∗<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
weight<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
15 stroke<br />
30 stroke<br />
45 stroke<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
100 stroke<br />
125 stroke<br />
150 stroke<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style (With pin) *<br />
Weight/Spring Extend (T)<br />
6<br />
11<br />
16<br />
18<br />
23<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
8<br />
5<br />
—<br />
10<br />
28<br />
35<br />
44<br />
53<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
8<br />
5<br />
4<br />
Note<br />
(g)<br />
16<br />
63<br />
80<br />
102<br />
124<br />
145<br />
188<br />
224<br />
250<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />
nut weight is already subtracted.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45S<br />
• Basic weight ····················· 44 (ø10-45 stroke)<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ··· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />
44 + 8 = 52 g<br />
pin) * (g)<br />
Bore size (mm) 6 10 16<br />
15 stroke<br />
17 28 64<br />
30 stroke<br />
21 34 80<br />
45 stroke<br />
23 43 100<br />
Basic<br />
weight ∗<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
100 stroke<br />
27<br />
—<br />
—<br />
51<br />
—<br />
—<br />
121<br />
140<br />
178<br />
125 stroke<br />
— — 212<br />
150 stroke<br />
— — 236<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
weight<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style (With<br />
8<br />
5<br />
—<br />
8<br />
5<br />
4<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />
nut weight is already subtracted.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45T<br />
• Basic weight ····················· 43 (ø10-45 stroke)<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ··· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />
43 + 8 = 51 g<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Mounting bracket<br />
6<br />
16<br />
CJ-L006B<br />
CJ-F006B<br />
Foot bracket<br />
Flange bracket<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
10<br />
CJ-L010B<br />
CJ-F010B<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6-3-24<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-006<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
CJ-F016B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also<br />
available. Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />
(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not<br />
included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel<br />
screws above when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />
attached.<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-13.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
T-bracket<br />
Theoretical Output<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Axial foot<br />
style<br />
Refer to the “Single acting, Spring return cylinder” in Theoretical Output<br />
1 of Technical data 3 on page 6-19-7. In the case of the spring extend<br />
style, the force at OUT side will be the ending force of the spring return,<br />
and that at the IN side will be the amount of the IN side force of the<br />
double acting style cylinder from which the beginning force of the spring<br />
return has been subtracted.<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten<br />
by applying an appropriate tightening force to the<br />
retaining nut or to the rod cover body.<br />
If the head cover is secured or the head cover is<br />
tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to the<br />
deviation.<br />
2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate<br />
tightening torque within the range given below.<br />
ø6: 2.1 to 2.5 N·m, ø10: 5.9 to 6.4 N·m,<br />
ø16: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m<br />
3. In the case of a single acting cylinder, do not<br />
operate it in such a way that a load would be<br />
applied during the retraction of the piston rod of the<br />
spring return style, or during the extension of the<br />
piston rod of the spring extend style. The spring that<br />
is built into the cylinder provides only enough force<br />
to retract the piton rod. Thus, if a load is applied, the<br />
piston rod will not be able to retract to the end of the<br />
stroke.<br />
4. In the case of a single acting cylinder, a breather<br />
hole is provided in the cover surface. Make sure not<br />
to block this hole during installation, as this could<br />
lead to a malfunction.<br />
5. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle<br />
pin or the clevis pin, use an appropriate pair of<br />
pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />
In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as<br />
the Super Tool CSM-07A for removing and installing<br />
the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />
6. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not<br />
remove the rail that is mounted. Because retaining<br />
screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead to<br />
an air leak.<br />
Rod side Double ∗<br />
flange style clevis style<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double<br />
knuckle joint. For the attached bracket weight, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Mounting<br />
Caution<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Short Pitch Mounting Style/Single Acting, Spring Return<br />
Port location on<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke Action head cover <strong>CJ2</strong>B6 Stroke<br />
Copper-free<br />
SU4- X773<br />
Short pitch mounting style<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />
6, 10, 16<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
Minimun operating ø6 0.2 MPa<br />
0.25 MPa<br />
pressure<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Cushion<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-23.)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Mounting<br />
Rod side flange style,<br />
Double clevis style (Except ø6)<br />
Mounting pitch is shortened when using in parallel.<br />
External dimensions of rod cover and head cover is changed to<br />
ø7.<br />
Overall length is shorten by adopting head cover integrated<br />
with barb fitting.<br />
ø7<br />
Specifications<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Action<br />
Operating pressure range<br />
Connection size<br />
Connecting port location<br />
Stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Dimensions<br />
M3 x 0. 5<br />
7.5 mm<br />
M6 x 1. 0<br />
15<br />
Application example<br />
Note) Directly mounted with cylinder mounting thread.<br />
ø3<br />
28<br />
0<br />
ø6 n8 –0.018<br />
6<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
0.2 to 0.7 MPa<br />
With ø4 barb fitting (for soft tubing)<br />
Head cover/Axial foot<br />
5 to 60<br />
None<br />
ø4/ø2.5 urethane tubing (TU0425)<br />
or soft nylon tubing (TS0425)<br />
Exhaust air port<br />
8 3<br />
S + Stroke 5<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
(mm)<br />
Stroke 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60<br />
S 30.5 39.5 43.5 57.5<br />
Z 63.5 72.5 76.5 90.5<br />
Note)<br />
1. When installing cylinder, make sure that<br />
exhaust port for air on rod cover should not<br />
be blocked.<br />
2. When a cylinder is mounted, apply threadlocking<br />
adhesive on the threaded part and<br />
secure the external diameter of a rod cover<br />
by plier, etc. for mounting.<br />
ø7<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Verification of push button<br />
actuation for mobile phone, etc.<br />
6-3-25
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>6 Piston/Head cover<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>6 Piston/Rod cover<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
Description<br />
Material<br />
Note<br />
No.<br />
Description<br />
Material<br />
Note<br />
q<br />
Rod cover<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Anodized<br />
o<br />
Seal retainer<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Clear anodized (ø6 spring extend)<br />
w<br />
Head cover<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Anodized<br />
!0<br />
Bumper<br />
Urethane<br />
e<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Stainless steel<br />
!1<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Brass<br />
Nickel plated<br />
r<br />
Piston rod<br />
Stainless steel<br />
!2<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Nickel plated<br />
t<br />
Piston A<br />
Brass<br />
!3<br />
Piston seal<br />
NBR<br />
y<br />
Piston B<br />
Brass<br />
!4<br />
Rod seal<br />
NBR<br />
u<br />
Return spring<br />
Piano wire<br />
Zinc chromated<br />
!5<br />
Tube gasket<br />
NBR<br />
i<br />
Spring seat<br />
Brass<br />
!6<br />
Piston gasket<br />
NBR<br />
6-3-26
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
S Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
CJ1<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B C D F GB H MM NA NB NDh8 NN<br />
8<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
9<br />
14<br />
20<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
—<br />
5<br />
5<br />
28 M3 x 0.5 3 7<br />
28 M4 x 0.7 5.5<br />
28 M5 x 0.8 5.5<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L<br />
Bore size<br />
Cover surface<br />
6<br />
8<br />
10<br />
0<br />
–0.018<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st<br />
34.5<br />
(39.5)<br />
45.5<br />
45.5<br />
Stroke S Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
43.5<br />
(48.5)<br />
53<br />
54<br />
47.5<br />
(52.5)<br />
65<br />
66<br />
S ∗<br />
61.5<br />
(66.5)<br />
77<br />
78<br />
—<br />
—<br />
84<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
108<br />
—<br />
—<br />
126<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Z ∗<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st<br />
76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5<br />
(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)<br />
— — — —<br />
—<br />
138<br />
73.5<br />
73.5<br />
81<br />
82<br />
93<br />
94<br />
105<br />
106<br />
—<br />
112<br />
—<br />
136<br />
—<br />
154<br />
—<br />
166<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B C D F GB H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN X Y<br />
8<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
9<br />
14<br />
20<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
8 — 28 13 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 3<br />
8 5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7<br />
8 5 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
5<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
7<br />
9<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st<br />
34.5<br />
(39.5)<br />
45.5<br />
45.5<br />
43.5<br />
(48.5)<br />
53<br />
54<br />
47.5<br />
(52.5)<br />
65<br />
66<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
S ∗<br />
61.5<br />
(66.5)<br />
77<br />
78<br />
61 to<br />
75 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
84<br />
76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
108<br />
—<br />
—<br />
126<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
Z ∗<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
61 to<br />
75 st<br />
Material: Iron<br />
76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
62.5 71.5 75.5 89.5<br />
(67.5) (76.5) (80.5) (94.5)<br />
— — — —<br />
—<br />
138<br />
73.5<br />
73.5<br />
81<br />
82<br />
93<br />
94<br />
105<br />
106<br />
—<br />
112<br />
—<br />
136<br />
—<br />
154<br />
—<br />
166<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
6-3-27
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
S Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Cover surface<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GB H<br />
15 8 9 3 8 11 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 — 28 M3 x 0.5 3<br />
15 12 14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 5 28 M4 x 0.7<br />
15 18.3 20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 5 28 M5 x 0.8<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
MM<br />
NA NB<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NN<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
34.5<br />
(39.5)<br />
45.5<br />
45.5<br />
43.5<br />
(48.5)<br />
53<br />
54<br />
47.5<br />
(52.5)<br />
65<br />
66<br />
S ∗<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
61.5<br />
(66.5)<br />
77<br />
78<br />
—<br />
—<br />
84<br />
—<br />
—<br />
108<br />
—<br />
—<br />
126<br />
—<br />
—<br />
138<br />
62.5<br />
(67.5)<br />
73.5<br />
73.5<br />
71.5<br />
(76.5)<br />
81<br />
82<br />
Z ∗<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
75.5 89.5<br />
(80.5) (94.5)<br />
93 105<br />
94 106<br />
—<br />
—<br />
112<br />
—<br />
—<br />
136<br />
—<br />
—<br />
154<br />
—<br />
—<br />
166<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>D<br />
Bore size<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Stroke<br />
S<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
+0.030<br />
øCDH9 0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
(øcdd9 –0.030<br />
–0.060)<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
ZZ + Stroke<br />
4-øTC<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
5 to 15 st<br />
84.5<br />
89.5<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
16 to 30 st<br />
92<br />
98<br />
CD<br />
(cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
CZ<br />
3.2 12<br />
6.5 18.3<br />
31 to 45 st<br />
104<br />
110<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
46 to 60 st<br />
116<br />
122<br />
ZZ<br />
GB<br />
18<br />
23<br />
61 to 75 st<br />
—<br />
128<br />
H<br />
20<br />
20<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
76 to 100 st<br />
—<br />
152<br />
NA<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
101 to 125 st<br />
—<br />
170<br />
NB<br />
22.5<br />
27.5<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
126 to 150 st<br />
—<br />
182<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
45.5<br />
45.5<br />
53<br />
54<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
65<br />
66<br />
TC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
77<br />
78<br />
S<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
TH<br />
29<br />
35<br />
—<br />
84<br />
—<br />
108<br />
TV<br />
40<br />
48<br />
—<br />
126<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
TW<br />
22<br />
28<br />
—<br />
138<br />
TX<br />
32<br />
38<br />
73.5<br />
75.5<br />
TY<br />
12<br />
16<br />
81<br />
84<br />
93<br />
96<br />
105<br />
108<br />
Z<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to 46 to 61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st 60 st 75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
114<br />
—<br />
138<br />
—<br />
156<br />
—<br />
168<br />
6-3-28
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
T<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B6<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>B10/16<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L6<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>L10/16<br />
A<br />
15 12<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
14<br />
20<br />
Bore size<br />
D<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
F<br />
GA<br />
H<br />
MM<br />
NN<br />
NA NB ND h8 T<br />
8 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 M6 x 1.0 16 3 6<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
8<br />
28<br />
28<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
M8 x 1.0 12.5 5.5<br />
M10 x 1.0 12.5 5.5<br />
8<br />
Stroke<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Cover surface<br />
Cover surface<br />
T<br />
H + Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
10 0<br />
–0.022<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
0<br />
–0.018<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
3<br />
—<br />
—<br />
46.5<br />
(51.5)<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st<br />
55.5<br />
(60.5)<br />
56<br />
57<br />
59.5<br />
(64.5)<br />
68<br />
69<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
S ∗<br />
61 to 76 to<br />
75 st 100 st<br />
73.5<br />
(78.5)<br />
—<br />
80 —<br />
81 87<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
—<br />
—<br />
111<br />
101 to 126 to<br />
125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
129<br />
—<br />
—<br />
141<br />
5 to<br />
15 st<br />
74.5<br />
(79.5)<br />
76.5<br />
76.5<br />
16 to 31 to<br />
30 st 45 st<br />
83.5<br />
(88.5)<br />
84<br />
85<br />
87.5<br />
(92.5)<br />
96<br />
97<br />
Z ∗<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
101.5<br />
(106.5)<br />
108<br />
109<br />
61 to 76 to<br />
75 st 100 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
115<br />
—<br />
—<br />
139<br />
101 to 126 to<br />
125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
157<br />
—<br />
—<br />
169<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
Rod cover side Head cover side<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A B C D F GA H LB LC LH LT LX LY LZ MM NA NB NN T X Y<br />
15 12 14<br />
15<br />
15<br />
12 14<br />
18.3 20<br />
3 8 14.5 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3 5 7<br />
4 8 8 28 15 4.5 9 1.6 24 16.5 32 M4 x 0.7 12.5 5.5 M8 x 1.0 — 5 7<br />
5 8 8 28 23 5.5 14 2.3 33 25 42 M5 x 0.8 12.5 5.5 M10 x 1.0 — 6 9<br />
5 to 16 to 31 to<br />
15 st 30 st 45 st<br />
46.5<br />
(51.5)<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
55.5<br />
(60.5)<br />
56<br />
57<br />
59.5<br />
(64.5)<br />
68<br />
69<br />
S ∗<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
73.5<br />
(78.5)<br />
80<br />
81<br />
61 to 76 to<br />
75 st 100 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
87<br />
—<br />
—<br />
111<br />
101 to 126 to<br />
125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
5 to<br />
15 st<br />
74.5<br />
(79.5)<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
83.5<br />
(88.5)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
16 to 31 to<br />
30 st 45 st<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
87.5 101.5<br />
(92.5) (106.5)<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Z ∗<br />
61 to 76 to<br />
75 st 100 st<br />
— — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —<br />
129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
—<br />
Material: Iron<br />
—<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
—<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
101 to 126 to<br />
125 st 150 st<br />
—<br />
6-3-29
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F Bore size<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F6<br />
Cover surface<br />
Stroke<br />
T<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>F10/16<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Cover surface<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Rod cover side<br />
Head cover side<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15 12<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
D<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod end nut<br />
F FB FC FT FX FY FZ GA H<br />
H + Stroke<br />
MM NANB<br />
NN<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
14 3 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 14.5 28 M3 x 0.5 16 3 M6 x 1.0 3<br />
14 4 8 13 4.5 1.6 24 14 32 8 28 M4 x 0.7 12.5 5.5 M8 x 1.0 —<br />
20 5 8 19 5.5 2.3 33 20 42 8 28 M5 x 0.8 12.5 5.5 M10 x 1.0 —<br />
T<br />
5 to<br />
15 st<br />
46.5<br />
(51.5)<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
16 to 31 to<br />
30 st 45 st<br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
S + Stroke<br />
S ∗<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
55.5 59.5 73.5<br />
(60.5) (64.5) (78.5)<br />
—<br />
56<br />
57<br />
68<br />
69<br />
80<br />
81<br />
—<br />
87<br />
61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-006A<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
5 to<br />
15 st<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
16 to 31 to<br />
30 st 45 st<br />
B<br />
5.5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Z ∗<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
C<br />
6.4<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
61 to 76 to 101 to 126 to<br />
75 st 100 st 125 st 150 st<br />
74.5 83.5 87.5 101.5<br />
— — —<br />
— — — —<br />
(79.5) (88.5) (92.5) (106.5)<br />
— — — 76.5 84 96 108 — — — —<br />
111 129 141 76.5 85 97 109 115 139 157 169<br />
∗ ( ) in S and Z dimensions: With auto switch<br />
d<br />
M3 x 0.5<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
2.4<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>D<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
T<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Rod end nut<br />
H + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
+0.030<br />
øCDH9 0<br />
–0.030<br />
Clevis pin (øcdd9–0.060)<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
ZZ + 2 x Stroke<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
5 to 15 st<br />
95.5<br />
100.5<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
16 to 30 st<br />
103<br />
109<br />
CD<br />
(cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
31 to 45 st<br />
115<br />
121<br />
CZ<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
46 to 60 st<br />
127<br />
133<br />
ZZ<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
61 to 75 st<br />
—<br />
139<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
76 to 100 st<br />
—<br />
163<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
101 to 125 st<br />
—<br />
181<br />
NB<br />
18.5<br />
23.5<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
126 to 150 st<br />
—<br />
193<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
5 to<br />
15 st<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
16 to<br />
30 st<br />
56<br />
57<br />
31 to<br />
45 st<br />
68<br />
69<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
80<br />
81<br />
S<br />
61 to<br />
75 st<br />
—<br />
87<br />
76 to<br />
100 st<br />
—<br />
111<br />
101 to<br />
125 st<br />
—<br />
129<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
TC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
TH<br />
29<br />
35<br />
TV<br />
40<br />
48<br />
126 to<br />
150 st<br />
—<br />
141<br />
TW<br />
22<br />
28<br />
5 to<br />
15 st<br />
84.5<br />
86.5<br />
TX<br />
32<br />
38<br />
16 to<br />
30 st<br />
92<br />
95<br />
31 to<br />
45 st<br />
104<br />
107<br />
TY<br />
12<br />
16<br />
46 to<br />
60 st<br />
116<br />
119<br />
Z<br />
61 to<br />
75 st<br />
—<br />
125<br />
76 to<br />
100 st<br />
—<br />
149<br />
101 to<br />
125 st<br />
—<br />
167<br />
126 to<br />
150 st<br />
—<br />
179<br />
6-3-30
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and<br />
Its Mounting Height: Single Acting, Spring Return (S)<br />
Reed switch<br />
<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
≅Hs<br />
Air Cylinder: Standard Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
Auto switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
<br />
D-H7/H7W/H7BAL/H7NF<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
For the operating range of auto switch,<br />
refer to page 6-3-13.<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-C73C/C80C<br />
<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-A79W<br />
≅Hs<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position/Spring Return<br />
Auto switch model<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7/H7C<br />
D-H7W/H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
D-A79W<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F79F/J79C<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
≅Hs<br />
≅Hs<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10 to 15 st<br />
8.5<br />
9<br />
8.5<br />
7.5<br />
8<br />
7.5<br />
9.5<br />
9<br />
10<br />
9.5<br />
7<br />
6.5<br />
16 to 30 st<br />
17.5<br />
16.5<br />
17<br />
16.5<br />
15.5<br />
16<br />
17<br />
17.5<br />
17.5<br />
18<br />
14.5<br />
15<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
A dimension<br />
31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st 101 to 125 st 126 to 150 st B<br />
21.5 35.5<br />
2<br />
28.5 40.5<br />
2.5<br />
29 41 47 71 89 101 3<br />
20.5 34.5<br />
1<br />
27.5 39.5<br />
1.5<br />
28 40 46 70 88 100 2<br />
29 41<br />
3<br />
29.5 41.5 47.5 71.5 89.5 101.5 3.5<br />
29.5<br />
30<br />
26.5<br />
27<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
41.5<br />
42<br />
38.5<br />
39<br />
48<br />
45<br />
D-H7C<br />
<br />
D-F7V, D-F7WV, D-F7BAVL<br />
D-J79C<br />
72<br />
69<br />
90<br />
87<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-F7/J79, D-F7W, D-J79W<br />
D-F79F, D-F7BAL<br />
102<br />
99<br />
≅Hs<br />
≅Hs<br />
≅Hs<br />
3.5<br />
4<br />
0.5<br />
1<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />
Auto switch model<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
D-H7/H7W<br />
D-H7NF/H7BAL<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7BAL/F79F<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-F7V/F7BAVL<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-A79W<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
≅Hs<br />
15<br />
17<br />
20.5<br />
17.5<br />
19.5<br />
23<br />
18<br />
20<br />
23.5<br />
16.5<br />
19.5<br />
17.5<br />
20.5<br />
23.5<br />
26.5<br />
20<br />
23<br />
23<br />
26<br />
19<br />
22<br />
6-3-31<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and<br />
Its Mounting Height: Single Acting, Spring Extend (T)<br />
Reed switch<br />
<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
<br />
D-H7/H7W/H7BAL/H7NF<br />
For the operating range of auto switch,<br />
refer to page 6-3-13.<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-C73C/C80C<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-H7C<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs<br />
≅Hs<br />
<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
<br />
D-F7/J79, D-F7W, D-J79W<br />
D-F79F, D-F7BAL<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-A79W<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
≅Hs<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
Minimum lead wire<br />
bending radius 10<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-F7V, D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
D-J79C<br />
≅Hs ≅Hs ≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position/Spring Extend<br />
Auto switch model<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7/H7C<br />
D-H7W/H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F79F/J79C<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
D-A79W<br />
≅Hs<br />
Bore size A<br />
B dimension<br />
(mm) All stroke 10 to 15 st 16 to 30 st 31 to 45 st 46 to 60 st 61 to 75 st 76 to 100 st<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
2<br />
2.5<br />
3<br />
1<br />
1.5<br />
2<br />
3<br />
3.5<br />
8.5<br />
9<br />
8.5<br />
7.5<br />
8<br />
7.5<br />
9.5<br />
9<br />
17.5<br />
16.5<br />
17<br />
16.5<br />
15.5<br />
16<br />
17<br />
17.5<br />
21.5<br />
28.5<br />
29<br />
20.5<br />
27.5<br />
28<br />
29<br />
29.5<br />
35.5<br />
40.5<br />
41<br />
34.5<br />
39.5<br />
40<br />
41<br />
41.5<br />
47<br />
46<br />
47.5<br />
71<br />
70<br />
71.5<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
3.5<br />
4<br />
0.5<br />
1<br />
10<br />
9.5<br />
7<br />
6.5<br />
17.5<br />
18<br />
14.5<br />
15<br />
Auto switch<br />
29.5<br />
30<br />
26.5<br />
27<br />
41.5<br />
42<br />
38.5<br />
39<br />
48<br />
45<br />
72<br />
69<br />
101 to 125 st<br />
89<br />
88<br />
87.5<br />
90<br />
87<br />
126 to 150 st<br />
101<br />
100<br />
101.5<br />
102<br />
99<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />
Auto switch model<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
D-H7/H7W<br />
D-H7NF/H7BAL<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7BAL/F79F<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-F7V/F7BAVL<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-A79W<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10<br />
16<br />
≅Hs<br />
15<br />
17<br />
20.5<br />
17.5<br />
19.5<br />
23<br />
18<br />
20<br />
23.5<br />
16.5<br />
19.5<br />
17.5<br />
20.5<br />
23.5<br />
26.5<br />
20<br />
23<br />
23<br />
26<br />
19<br />
22<br />
6-3-32
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
How to Order<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Port location<br />
Symbol<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-<br />
3-34.<br />
∗ Double clevis style is only available<br />
for being perpendicular to axis.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style<br />
Bore size <br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>K L<br />
CDJ2K L<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
24 V<br />
16 60<br />
16 60<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-34.<br />
AC<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
Band mounting<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
J79W<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />
Perpendicular In-line<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-<br />
B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />
number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />
pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style<br />
is shipped together, (but not<br />
assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder without<br />
an auto switch is required, refer to<br />
the model of built-in magnet<br />
cylinder.<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5 3<br />
(Nil) (L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
n<br />
CDJ2KB16-60-A<br />
CDJ2KB10-45-B<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />
6-3-33<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
Prewire<br />
connector<br />
20-<br />
Data
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
A cylinder which rod does<br />
not rotate because of the<br />
hexagonal rod shape.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
Non-rotating accuracy<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Can operate without<br />
lubrication.<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Lubrication<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
+ 1.0<br />
0<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />
Mounting<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
±1.5°<br />
±1°<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
Piston speed<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or<br />
in-line with the cylinder axis is available for<br />
basic style.<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC3 Special port location<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Mounting style<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
Axial<br />
foot style<br />
Rod side<br />
flange style<br />
Mounting nut<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rod end nut<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Clevis pin<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
T-bracket<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Double clevis ∗<br />
style<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Part numbers for auto switch mounting bracket are common with <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>,<br />
double acting, single rod type. Refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
10<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
16<br />
Foot bracket<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
Flange bracket CJ-F016B<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
CJK-L016B<br />
CJK-F016B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
6-3-34
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling. Refer to pages<br />
6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Caution<br />
Caution on Handling<br />
1. During installation, secure the rod cover and tighten by applying an<br />
appropriate tightening force to the retaining but or to the rod cover body.<br />
If the head cover is secured or the head cover is tightened, the cover could<br />
rotate, leading to the deviation.<br />
2. Tighten the retaining screws to an appropriate tightening torque within the<br />
range given below.<br />
ø10: 10.8 to 11.8 N·m, ø16: 20 to 21 N·m<br />
3. In the case of a non-rotating cylinder, do not operate it in such a way that<br />
rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod. If rotational torque is<br />
applied, the non-rotating guide will become deformed, thus affecting the nonrotating<br />
accuracy.<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Allowable rotational torque (N·m)<br />
0.02<br />
0.04<br />
4. To screw a bracket onto the threaded portion at the tip of the piston rod,<br />
make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and place a wrench over the flat<br />
portion of the rod that protrudes. To tighten, take precautions to prevent the<br />
tightening torque from being applied to the non-rotating guide.<br />
5. To remove and install the snap ring for the knuckle pin or the clevis pin, use<br />
an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C snap ring).<br />
In particular, use a pair of ultra-mini pliers such as the Super Tool CSM-07A<br />
for removing and installing the snap ring on the ø10 cylinder.<br />
6. In the case of auto switch rail mounting style, do not remove the rail that is<br />
mounted. Because retaining screws extend into the cylinder, this could lead<br />
to an air leak.<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Weight<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10 16<br />
weight<br />
Double clevis style (With pin) ∗ 4 10<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />
24<br />
4<br />
55<br />
6.5<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
20<br />
15<br />
20<br />
15<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting nut<br />
weight is already subtracted.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>KL10-45<br />
• Basic weight ······················· 24 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight ················ 4/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke ··················· 45 stroke<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ····· 20 (Axial foot style)<br />
24 + 4/15 x 45 + 20 = 56 g<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Copper-free<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Rod non-rotating ø10<br />
accuracy<br />
ø16<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke Action<br />
(g)<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
±1.5°<br />
±1°<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-34.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Rod section<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Nickel plated<br />
No.<br />
u<br />
i<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
Description<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Bumper<br />
Piston seal<br />
Rod seal<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Material<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Urethane<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
6-3-35
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod section<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NDh8<br />
10 0<br />
–0.022<br />
12 0<br />
–0.027<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
46<br />
47<br />
Z<br />
74<br />
75<br />
Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KL<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Rod cover side<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod section<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
B C d H<br />
NTJ-010A 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2<br />
NTJ-015A 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
LB<br />
21.5<br />
23<br />
LC<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
LH<br />
14<br />
14<br />
LT<br />
2.3<br />
2.3<br />
LX<br />
33<br />
33<br />
LY<br />
25<br />
25<br />
LZ<br />
42<br />
42<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
X<br />
6<br />
6<br />
Y<br />
9<br />
9<br />
S<br />
46<br />
47<br />
Z<br />
74<br />
75<br />
6-3-36
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KF<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Rod cover side<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
FB<br />
17.5<br />
19<br />
FC<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
FT<br />
2.3<br />
2.3<br />
FX<br />
33<br />
33<br />
FY<br />
20<br />
20<br />
FZ<br />
42<br />
42<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KD<br />
Cover surface<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Rod end nut<br />
2-øFC Rod section<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod section<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
ZZ + Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
øCDH9<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
+0.030<br />
0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
46<br />
47<br />
Z<br />
74<br />
75<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
B C d H<br />
NTJ-010A 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2<br />
NTJ-015A 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
CD (cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
18<br />
23<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
22.5<br />
27.5<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
S<br />
46<br />
47<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
Z<br />
82<br />
85<br />
ZZ<br />
93<br />
99<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
TC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
TH<br />
29<br />
35<br />
TV<br />
40<br />
48<br />
TW<br />
22<br />
28<br />
TX<br />
32<br />
38<br />
TY<br />
12<br />
16<br />
6-3-37
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
Spring extend<br />
Spring return<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
10<br />
16<br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style<br />
Bore size <br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>K L<br />
CDJ2K L<br />
How to Order<br />
16 45<br />
16 45<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
Action<br />
S<br />
S<br />
S<br />
T<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
J79W<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting<br />
style) or “-B” (Band mounting style) to<br />
the end of part number for cylinder with<br />
auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2KB16-60S-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2KB10-45S-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and<br />
nuts for 2 pcs. switches come with the<br />
rail.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Port location<br />
Symbol<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-34.<br />
∗ Single acting, Spring return (S), Clevis<br />
style is available only for 90° to the axis.<br />
∗ Not applicable to single acting, spring<br />
extend (T).<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
—<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
12 V<br />
—<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
AC<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-38<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together, (but<br />
not assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model of<br />
built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None connector<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />
Applicable load<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
C73 A73 A73H — —<br />
— Relay,<br />
C73C A73C — —<br />
PLC<br />
— A79W — — — —<br />
H7A1<br />
H7B<br />
F7NV<br />
F7BV<br />
F79<br />
J79<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
H7A2<br />
H7C<br />
F7PV<br />
J79C<br />
F7P<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />
IC circuit Relay,<br />
H7PW — F7PW — <br />
PLC<br />
H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
A cylinder which rod does<br />
not rotate because of the<br />
hexagonal rod shape.<br />
Non-rotating accuracy<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Can operate without lubrication.<br />
Spring extend<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring return<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring extend<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Spring return<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Specifications<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
T-bracket<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm<br />
interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
Axial foot<br />
style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Rod side<br />
flange style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Double clevis ∗<br />
style<br />
Part numbers for auto switch mounting bracket are common with <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>,<br />
double acting, single rod type. Refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
±1.5°<br />
±1°<br />
Spring Force<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
10<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
16<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
(N)<br />
Retracted side Extended side<br />
6.86<br />
14.2<br />
3.53<br />
6.86<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Foot bracket<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
Flange bracket CJ-F016B<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
CJK-L016B<br />
CJK-F016B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
6-3-39
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Weight/Spring Return, ( ): Spring Extend<br />
Basic<br />
weight ∗<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
weight<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
15 stroke<br />
30 stroke<br />
45 stroke<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
100 stroke<br />
125 stroke<br />
150 stroke<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style ∗ (With pin)<br />
10<br />
28(28)<br />
35(34)<br />
44(43)<br />
53(51)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
20<br />
15<br />
4<br />
(g)<br />
16<br />
63(64)<br />
80(80)<br />
102(100)<br />
124(121)<br />
145(140)<br />
188(178)<br />
224(212)<br />
250(236)<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />
nut weight is already subtracted.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>L10-45T<br />
• Basic weight ····················· 44 (ø10-45 stroke)<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ··· 20 (Axial foot style)<br />
44 + 20 = 6 g<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
<br />
Copper-free<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
Action<br />
Single acting/Spring return, Spring extend<br />
Fluid<br />
Air<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10, 16<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Cushion<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-39.)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Mounting<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
u<br />
i<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston A<br />
Piston B<br />
Return spring<br />
Spring seat<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Piano wire<br />
Brass<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Zinc chromated<br />
No.<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
!3<br />
!4<br />
!5<br />
Description<br />
Bumper<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piston seal<br />
Rod seal<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Material<br />
Urethane<br />
Brass<br />
Rolled steel<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
6-3-40
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
S Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
CJ1<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm) A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA MM<br />
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 M4 x 0.7<br />
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 M5 x 0.8<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Symbol<br />
S<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm) 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30<br />
10 45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81<br />
16 45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 73.5 82<br />
Stroke<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KL<br />
Rod section<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Cover surface<br />
S Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod section<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
31 to 45<br />
93<br />
94<br />
NA<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
46 to 60<br />
105<br />
106<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
Z<br />
61 to 75<br />
—<br />
112<br />
NDh8<br />
0<br />
10 –0.022<br />
0<br />
12<br />
–0.027<br />
76 to 100<br />
—<br />
136<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
154<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
166<br />
Rod cover side<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm) A BA BB CA CB F GB H KA LB LC LH LT LX<br />
10 15 15 12 17 14 8 5 28 4.2 21.5 5.5 14 2.3 33<br />
16 15 18.3 18.3 20 20 8 5 28 5.2 23 5.5 14 2.3 33<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Stroke<br />
Symbol<br />
5 to 15<br />
45.5<br />
45.5<br />
16 to 30<br />
53<br />
54<br />
31 to 45<br />
65<br />
66<br />
S<br />
46 to 60<br />
77<br />
78<br />
61 to 75 76 to 100<br />
— —<br />
84 108<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
126<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
138<br />
5 to 15<br />
73.5<br />
73.5<br />
LY<br />
25<br />
25<br />
16 to 30<br />
81<br />
82<br />
LZ<br />
42<br />
42<br />
31 to 45<br />
93<br />
94<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
B C d H<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
10<br />
16<br />
7<br />
8<br />
8.1 M4 x 0.7<br />
9.2 M5 x 0.8<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
46 to 60<br />
105<br />
106<br />
Z<br />
NA<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
61 to 75<br />
—<br />
112<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
76 to 100<br />
—<br />
136<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
154<br />
X<br />
6<br />
6<br />
Y<br />
9<br />
9<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
166<br />
6-3-41
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KF<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
S Port location on head cover<br />
Rod cover side<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
2-øFC Rod section<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
FB<br />
17.5<br />
19<br />
FC<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
FT<br />
2.3<br />
2.3<br />
FX<br />
33<br />
33<br />
FY<br />
20<br />
20<br />
FZ<br />
42<br />
42<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Stroke<br />
Symbol<br />
S<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
Z<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
45.5<br />
45.5<br />
53<br />
54<br />
65<br />
66<br />
77<br />
78<br />
—<br />
84<br />
—<br />
108<br />
—<br />
126<br />
—<br />
138<br />
73.5<br />
73.5<br />
81<br />
82<br />
93<br />
94<br />
105<br />
106<br />
—<br />
112<br />
—<br />
136<br />
—<br />
154<br />
—<br />
166<br />
Single Acting, Spring Return: Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KD<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke S<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod section<br />
+0.030 øCDH9 0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
ZZ + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
Bore size (mm) TC TH TV TW<br />
10 4.5 29 40 22<br />
16<br />
6-3-42<br />
CA<br />
14<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
CD(cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
GB<br />
18<br />
23<br />
H<br />
20<br />
20<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
NB<br />
22.5<br />
27.5<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
Applicable<br />
Part no. bore (mm) B C d H<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
10<br />
16<br />
7<br />
8<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Symbol<br />
S<br />
Z<br />
ZZ<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 12 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
45.5 53 65 77 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — —<br />
45.5 54 66 78 84 108 126 138 75.5 84 96 108 114 138 156 168 89.5 98 110 122 128 152 170 182<br />
5.5<br />
35<br />
48<br />
TX TY<br />
32 12<br />
28 38 16<br />
Material: Iron<br />
3.2<br />
4
Air Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
T<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Symbol<br />
5 to 15<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
Stroke<br />
16 to 30<br />
56<br />
57<br />
31 to 45<br />
68<br />
69<br />
46 to 60<br />
80<br />
81<br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Axial Foot Style (T)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KL<br />
S<br />
61 to 75<br />
—<br />
87<br />
76 to 100<br />
—<br />
111<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
129<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
141<br />
5 to 15<br />
76.5<br />
76.5<br />
16 to 30<br />
84<br />
85<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
LB<br />
21.5<br />
23<br />
LC<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
LH<br />
14<br />
14<br />
LT<br />
2.3<br />
2.3<br />
LX<br />
33<br />
33<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Stroke<br />
Bore size<br />
Symbol<br />
5 to 15<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
16 to 30<br />
56<br />
57<br />
Stroke<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod section<br />
31 to 45<br />
68<br />
69<br />
T<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod section<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S<br />
46 to 60<br />
80<br />
81<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
H + Stroke<br />
61 to 75 76 to 100<br />
— —<br />
87 111<br />
H + Stroke<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
129<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
141<br />
5 to 15<br />
76.5<br />
76.5<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
16 to 30<br />
84<br />
85<br />
31 to 45<br />
96<br />
97<br />
LY<br />
25<br />
25<br />
LZ<br />
42<br />
42<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
31 to 45<br />
96<br />
97<br />
46 to 60<br />
108<br />
109<br />
Z<br />
NB<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
46 to 60<br />
108<br />
109<br />
61 to 75<br />
—<br />
115<br />
MM NA<br />
M4 x 0.7 12.5<br />
M5 x 0.8 12.5<br />
Z<br />
61 to 75<br />
—<br />
115<br />
NDh8<br />
0<br />
10<br />
12<br />
–0.022<br />
0<br />
–0.027<br />
76 to 100<br />
–<br />
139<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
NB<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
76 to 100<br />
—<br />
139<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
157<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
169<br />
Rod cover side<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm) B C d H<br />
NTJ-010A 10 7 8.1 M4 x 0.7 3.2<br />
NTJ-015A 16 8 9.2 M5 x 0.8 4<br />
101 to 125<br />
—<br />
157<br />
X<br />
6<br />
6<br />
Y<br />
9<br />
9<br />
126 to 150<br />
—<br />
169<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-43
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>K<br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend: Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KF<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
T<br />
Rod cover side<br />
Cover surface<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod sedtion<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
∗ Refer to page 6-3-11 for details of the mounting nut. (SNJ-016B for ø10, SNKJ-016B for ø16)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
FB<br />
17.5<br />
19<br />
FC<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
FT<br />
2.3<br />
2.3<br />
FX<br />
33<br />
33<br />
FY<br />
20<br />
20<br />
FZ<br />
42<br />
42<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Stroke<br />
Symbol<br />
Single Acting, Spring Extend/Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
S<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
Z<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
NN<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
M12 x 1.0<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
48.5<br />
48.5<br />
56<br />
57<br />
68<br />
69<br />
80<br />
81<br />
—<br />
87<br />
—<br />
111<br />
—<br />
129<br />
—<br />
141<br />
76.5<br />
76.5<br />
84<br />
85<br />
96<br />
97<br />
108<br />
109<br />
—<br />
115<br />
—<br />
139<br />
—<br />
157<br />
—<br />
169<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>KD<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Rod end nut<br />
T<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
+0.030 øCDH9 0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
–0.030 (øcdd9–0.060)<br />
T-bracket<br />
Rod sedtion<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
ZZ + 2 x Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Dimensions by Stroke<br />
Stroke<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
BA<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
BB<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
CA<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CB<br />
14<br />
20<br />
CD<br />
(cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
18.5<br />
23.5<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
Applicable<br />
Part no. bore (mm) B C d H<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
10<br />
16<br />
7<br />
8<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Symbol<br />
S<br />
Z<br />
ZZ<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
48.5 56 68 80 — — — — 84.5 92 104 116 — — — — 95.5 103 115 127 — — — —<br />
48.5 57 69 81 87 111 129 141 86.5 95 107 119 125 149 167 179 100.5 109 121 133 139 163 181 193<br />
Bore size (mm) TC TH TV TW TX TY<br />
10<br />
16<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
29<br />
35<br />
40<br />
48<br />
22<br />
28<br />
32<br />
38<br />
12<br />
16<br />
6-3-44<br />
Material: Iron<br />
3.2<br />
4
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
Band mounting style<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
CDJ2Z<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
10<br />
16<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
How to Order<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>Z L 16 60<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
AC<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
L 16 60 J79W<br />
Port location<br />
Symbol<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗For configuration, refer to page 6-3-46.<br />
∗ Double clevis style is only available for<br />
being perpendicular to axis.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number for<br />
cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2ZB16-60-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2ZB10-45-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for<br />
2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style<br />
is shipped together, (but not<br />
assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is required,<br />
refer to the model of built-in<br />
magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />
6-3-45<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗ Prewire<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None connector<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />
Applicable load<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
IC circuit —<br />
C73 A73 A73H — —<br />
Relay,<br />
C73C A73C — — —<br />
PLC<br />
— A79W — — — —<br />
H7A1<br />
H7B<br />
F7NV<br />
F7BV<br />
F79<br />
J79<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
H7A2<br />
H7C<br />
F7PV<br />
J79C<br />
F7P<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
H7NW F7NWV F79W — <br />
IC circuit Relay,<br />
H7PW — F7PW — <br />
PLC<br />
H7BW F7BWV J79W — <br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
20-<br />
Data
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
Space-saving air cylinder<br />
with speed controller built-in<br />
cylinder cover<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Speed controller<br />
Mounting<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
Built-in<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
T-bracket<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Axial<br />
foot style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Rod side<br />
flange style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Double clevis∗<br />
style<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or<br />
in-line with the cylinder axis is available for<br />
basic style.<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Part numbers for mounting bracket and auto switch mounting bracket are<br />
common with <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>, double acting, single rod type. Refer to page 6-3-4.<br />
6-3-46
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
Weight<br />
(g)<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
40<br />
16<br />
73<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />
4<br />
6.5<br />
<br />
Copper-free<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket<br />
weight<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style ∗ (With pin)<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>ZL10-45<br />
• Basic weight ··························· 40 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight ··················· 4/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke ······················ 45 stroke<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ········ 8 (Axial foot style)<br />
40 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 60 g<br />
8<br />
5<br />
4<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
10, 16<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
MB1<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-46.)<br />
CA2<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
Description<br />
Material<br />
Note<br />
No.<br />
Description<br />
Material<br />
Note<br />
q<br />
Rod cover<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Anodized<br />
!1<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Brass<br />
Nickel plated<br />
w<br />
Head cover<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Anodized<br />
!2<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Nickel plated<br />
e<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Stainless steel<br />
!3<br />
Piston seal<br />
NBR<br />
r<br />
Piston rod<br />
Stainless steel<br />
!4<br />
Rod seal<br />
NBR<br />
t<br />
Piston<br />
Brass<br />
!5<br />
Check seal A<br />
NBR<br />
y<br />
Bumper<br />
Urethane<br />
!6<br />
Check seal B<br />
NBR<br />
u<br />
Speed controller needle<br />
Stainless steel<br />
!7<br />
Tube gasket<br />
NBR<br />
i<br />
Check packing sleeve<br />
Brass<br />
!8<br />
Piston gasket<br />
NBR<br />
o<br />
Steel balls<br />
Bearing steel<br />
!9<br />
Needle seal<br />
NBR<br />
!0<br />
Snap ring<br />
Carbon tool steel<br />
Black zinc chromated<br />
6-3-47
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
GB<br />
6.5<br />
6.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NB<br />
18<br />
18<br />
NDh8<br />
8<br />
10<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
NN<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WB<br />
13.5<br />
13.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
63<br />
64<br />
Z<br />
91<br />
92<br />
Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZL<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Cover surface<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
GB<br />
6.5<br />
6.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
LB<br />
16.5<br />
23<br />
LC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
LH<br />
9<br />
14<br />
LT<br />
1.6<br />
2.3<br />
LX<br />
24<br />
33<br />
LY<br />
16.5<br />
25<br />
LZ<br />
32<br />
42<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NB<br />
18<br />
18<br />
NN<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
63<br />
64<br />
WA WB WW<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
13.5<br />
13.5<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
X<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Y<br />
7<br />
9<br />
Z<br />
91<br />
92<br />
6-3-48
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Z<br />
Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZF<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
CJ1<br />
Mounting nut ∗ S + Stroke<br />
Cover surface<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
FB<br />
14.5<br />
19<br />
FC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
FT<br />
1.6<br />
2.3<br />
Double Clevis Style (D)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZD<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
FX<br />
24<br />
33<br />
FY<br />
14<br />
20<br />
FZ<br />
32<br />
42<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
GB<br />
6.5<br />
6.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NB<br />
18<br />
18<br />
NN WA<br />
M8 x 1.0 14.5<br />
M10 x 1.0 14.5<br />
WB<br />
13.5<br />
13.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
63<br />
64<br />
Z<br />
91<br />
92<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
øCDH9<br />
+0.030<br />
0<br />
Clevis pin<br />
(øcdd9 –0.030<br />
–0.060)<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
T-bracket<br />
For details,<br />
refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
ZZ + Stroke<br />
Applicable<br />
Part no.<br />
bore (mm)<br />
B<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
10<br />
16<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
17<br />
20<br />
CD<br />
(cd)<br />
3.3<br />
5<br />
CX<br />
3.2<br />
6.5<br />
CZ<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
GB<br />
19.5<br />
24.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NB<br />
31<br />
36<br />
R<br />
5<br />
8<br />
S<br />
63<br />
64<br />
U<br />
8<br />
10<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WB<br />
26.5<br />
31.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
Z<br />
99<br />
102<br />
ZZ<br />
110<br />
116<br />
T-bracket Dimensions<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
TC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
TH<br />
29<br />
35<br />
TV<br />
40<br />
48<br />
TW<br />
22<br />
28<br />
TX<br />
32<br />
38<br />
TY<br />
12<br />
16<br />
6-3-49
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Foot style<br />
Flange style<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZW L 16<br />
CDJ2ZW L 16<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-15.<br />
45<br />
45<br />
J79W<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number for<br />
cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2ZWB16-60-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2ZWB10-45-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />
pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting style<br />
is shipped together, (but not<br />
assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is required,<br />
refer to the model of built-in<br />
magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP) 24 V<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
AC<br />
Band mounting<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />
Perpendicular In-line<br />
— C76 —<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
— C73C A73C<br />
∗∗<br />
— — A79W<br />
H7A1 F7NV<br />
H7A2 F7PV<br />
H7B F7BV<br />
H7C J79C<br />
H7NW F7NWV<br />
— H7PW —<br />
H7BW F7BWV<br />
H7BA —<br />
— F7BAV<br />
H7NF —<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-50<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5 3<br />
(Nil) (L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Pre-wire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ “D-A79W” cannot be mounted on bore size ø10 cylinder with air cushion.
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />
Space-saving air cylinder<br />
with speed controller built-in<br />
cylinder cover<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Double acting, Double rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Speed controller<br />
Mounting<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
∗ Intermediate stroke length is available by<br />
the 1 mm interval with no stroke<br />
adjustment by spacer.<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
Built-in type<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style, Flange style<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Minimum Stroke for<br />
Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch<br />
Mounting” on page 6-3-15.<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
Basic style<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
Foot style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Flange style<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Mounting bracket<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Foot bracket<br />
CJ-L010B<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
Flange bracket<br />
CJ-F010B<br />
CJ-F016B<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-51
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />
Weight<br />
(g)<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Basic weight ∗ ∗<br />
Additional weight per every each 15 mm of stroke<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket weight<br />
Foot style<br />
Flange style<br />
10<br />
50<br />
6<br />
16<br />
5<br />
∗ Rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>ZWL10-45<br />
• Basic weight ····························· 50 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight ······················ 6/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke ·························· 45 stroke<br />
• Mounting bracket weight ··········· 16 (Axial foot style)<br />
50 + 6/15 x 45 + 16 = 84 g<br />
16<br />
85<br />
9<br />
40<br />
15<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>XW<br />
<br />
Copper-free<br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Double acting, Double rod<br />
10, 16<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.1 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Basic style, Foot style, Flange style<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
u<br />
i<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston<br />
Bumper<br />
Speed controller needle<br />
Steel balls<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Urethane<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Bearing steel<br />
Brass<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Nickel plated<br />
No.<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
!3<br />
!4<br />
!5<br />
Description<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piston seal<br />
Rod seal<br />
Check seal<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Needle seal<br />
Material<br />
Rolled steel<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
6-3-52
Air Cylinder: Built-in Speed Controller Type<br />
Double Acting, Double Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZWB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
CJ1<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm) A B C D F<br />
10 15 15 17 4 8<br />
16 15 18.3 20 5 8<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NDh8<br />
0<br />
8 –0.022<br />
0<br />
10 –0.022<br />
NN<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
66<br />
67<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
Z<br />
122<br />
123<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
Foot Style (L)<br />
C76<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZWL<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Cover surface Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
B –0.3<br />
0<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
2-øLC<br />
Mounting hole<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
LB<br />
16.5<br />
23<br />
LC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
LH<br />
9<br />
14<br />
LT<br />
1.6<br />
2.3<br />
LX<br />
24<br />
33<br />
LY<br />
16.5<br />
25<br />
LZ<br />
32<br />
42<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NN<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
66<br />
67<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
X<br />
5<br />
6<br />
Y<br />
7<br />
9<br />
Z<br />
122<br />
123<br />
6-3-53
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>ZW<br />
Flange Style (F)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>ZWF Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
2-øFC<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Cover surface Mounting hole<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
B –0.3<br />
0<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
15<br />
18.3<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
FB<br />
14.5<br />
19<br />
FC<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
FT<br />
1.6<br />
2.3<br />
FX<br />
24<br />
33<br />
FY<br />
14<br />
20<br />
FZ<br />
32<br />
42<br />
GA<br />
7.5<br />
7.5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
21<br />
21<br />
NN<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
66<br />
67<br />
WA<br />
14.5<br />
14.5<br />
WW<br />
4.5<br />
5.5<br />
Z<br />
122<br />
123<br />
6-3-54
Air Cylinder: Low Friction Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
How to Order<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
Without auto switch<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style<br />
With auto switch CDJ2Q<br />
Band mounting style<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>Q L 16 60<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
AC<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
L 16 60 J79W<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Symbol Port location<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page 6-3-<br />
57.<br />
∗ Double clevis style is only available<br />
for being perpendicular to axis.<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
Band mounting<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />
Perpendicular In-line<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B” (Band<br />
mounting style) to the end of part number for cylinder<br />
with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2QB16-60-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2QB10-45-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts for 2<br />
pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together, (but<br />
not assembled).<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model of<br />
built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5 3<br />
(Nil) (L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
—<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
—<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
—<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
6-3-55<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
Prewire<br />
connector<br />
20-<br />
Data
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />
Specially designed to keep<br />
friction of the piston to a<br />
minimum. Suitable for<br />
contact-pressure control<br />
requiring smooth operation at<br />
low pressures.<br />
Application Example<br />
Low friction cylinder is used in combination with precision regulator (<strong>Series</strong> IR).<br />
Driving roller<br />
Winding roller<br />
Precision regulator<br />
Precision regulator<br />
Low sliding resistance<br />
Minimum operating pressure: 0.03 MPa<br />
Moving object<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Mounting<br />
Piston speed<br />
ø10<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
ø16<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm) Standard stroke<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.03 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
10, 16<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75,<br />
100, 125, 150<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75,<br />
100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate stroke length is available by<br />
the 1 mm interval with no stroke<br />
adjustment by spacer.<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-3.<br />
6-3-56
Air Cylinder: Low Friction Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Rod side<br />
flange<br />
style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Mounting bracket<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Foot bracket<br />
Flange bracket<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
CJ-L010B<br />
CJ-F010B<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
CJ-F016B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Weight<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
T-bracket<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Axial<br />
foot style<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
10<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Double clevis style (With pin) ∗ 4<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />
Axial foot style<br />
24<br />
4<br />
8<br />
Mounting<br />
bracket weight Rod side flange style<br />
5<br />
Note<br />
Double ∗<br />
clevis<br />
style<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double<br />
knuckle joint.<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
[Mounting screws set made of stainless steel]<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also<br />
available. Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />
(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not<br />
included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel<br />
screws above when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />
attached.<br />
(g)<br />
16<br />
55<br />
6.5<br />
20<br />
15<br />
10<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not attached to the double clevis style, so the mounting<br />
nut weight is already subtracted.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>QL10-45<br />
• Basic weight·························· 24 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight··················· 4/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke······················ 45 stroke<br />
• Mounting bracket weight······· 8 (Axial foot style)<br />
24 + 4/15 x 45 + 8 = 44 g<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line with the cylinder axis is<br />
available for basic style. (ø6 is available only as in-line style.)<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Sliding Resistance of the Low Friction Side<br />
Sliding resistance * (MPa)<br />
0.08<br />
0.07<br />
0.06<br />
0.05<br />
0.04<br />
0.03<br />
0.02<br />
0.01<br />
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7<br />
Operating pressure (MPa)<br />
∗ Conversion into the cylinder operating pressure:<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-57
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>Q<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Nickel plated<br />
No.<br />
u<br />
i<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
Description<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Bumper<br />
Piston seal<br />
Rod seal<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Material<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Urethane<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
For low friction<br />
For low friction<br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>QB<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Mounting nut ∗<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
∗ For details of the mounting nut, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
F<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GA<br />
8<br />
8<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
28<br />
28<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
8<br />
10<br />
ND<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
0<br />
–0.022<br />
NN<br />
M8 x 1.0<br />
M10 x 1.0<br />
S<br />
46<br />
47<br />
Z<br />
74<br />
75<br />
For dimensions of each mounting bracket, refer to pages 6-3-8 to 6-3-10.<br />
6-3-58
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
—<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
How to Order<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
Band mounting style<br />
Special function<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
A Bottom mounting style<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>RA 16 60<br />
CDJ2RA<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Symbol Port location<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page<br />
6-3-61.<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
AC<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum<br />
Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
16 60 J79W<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />
for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2RB16-60-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2RB10-45-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />
for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together, (but<br />
not assembled).<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model of<br />
built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5 3<br />
(Nil) (L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
6-3-59<br />
Prewire<br />
connector<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R direct mount<br />
cylinder can be installed<br />
directly through the use of a<br />
square rod cover.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Mounting<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
10, 16<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Piston speed<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
ø10<br />
0.035 J<br />
ø16<br />
0.090 J<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Symbol<br />
-XA<br />
-XC51<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Specifications<br />
Change of rod end shape<br />
With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Band<br />
mounting<br />
style<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
90<br />
55<br />
50<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
60<br />
60<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
65<br />
65<br />
15<br />
10<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Rail<br />
mounting<br />
style<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-A7H<br />
D-A80H<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-F7<br />
D-J79<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7W<br />
D-J79W<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
No. of auto switches<br />
mounted<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
35<br />
10<br />
5<br />
45<br />
10<br />
5<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
45<br />
5<br />
5<br />
30<br />
5<br />
5<br />
55<br />
15<br />
10<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
6-3-60
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
Weight<br />
Bore size (mm) 10<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
36<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 4<br />
Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />
10-<strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />
(g)<br />
16<br />
71.5<br />
6.5<br />
∗ Rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>RA10-45<br />
• Basic weight ··············· 36 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight ········ 4/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke ··········· 45 stroke<br />
36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g<br />
<br />
Clean <strong>Series</strong><br />
Air cylinder which is applicable for the system which<br />
discharges leakage from the rod section directly into the<br />
outside of clean room by relief port and making an actuator’s<br />
rod section having a double seal construction.<br />
Specifications<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or<br />
in-line with the cylinder axis is available for<br />
basic style.<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
Bore size Stroke Port location onhead cover 20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RA Bore size Stroke Port location onhead cover<br />
Action<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10, 16<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
0.08 MPa<br />
Cushion<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Standard stroke (mm) Same as the standard. (Refer to page 6-3-60.)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Mounting<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
For details, specifications about the Clean <strong>Series</strong>, refer to the<br />
separate catalog “Pneumatic Clean <strong>Series</strong>”.<br />
<br />
Copper-free<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket/<br />
Part No. (Band mounting style)<br />
∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless<br />
steel<br />
The following set of mounting screws<br />
made of stainless steel is also<br />
available. Use it in accordance with the<br />
operating environment. (Please order<br />
the mounting band separately, since it<br />
is not included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder<br />
with the stainless steel screws above<br />
when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped<br />
independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />
attached.<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10, 16<br />
Action<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Cushion<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Standard stroke (mm) Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-60.)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Mounting<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
6-3-61
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
Description<br />
Material<br />
Note<br />
No.<br />
Description<br />
Material<br />
Note<br />
q<br />
Rod cover<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Anodized<br />
u<br />
Bumper<br />
Urethane<br />
w<br />
Head cover<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Anodized<br />
i<br />
Piston seal<br />
NBR<br />
e<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Stainless steel<br />
o<br />
Rod seal<br />
NBR<br />
r<br />
Piston rod<br />
Stainless steel<br />
!0<br />
Piston gasket<br />
NBR<br />
t<br />
Piston<br />
Brass<br />
!1<br />
Tube gasket<br />
NBR<br />
y<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Bottom Mounting Style<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod end nut<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
GA<br />
16<br />
16<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
20<br />
20<br />
L<br />
23<br />
26<br />
LB<br />
16<br />
20<br />
LD<br />
ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />
ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />
LH<br />
8<br />
10<br />
LX<br />
12<br />
16<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
20.5<br />
20.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
X<br />
28<br />
28<br />
Y<br />
8<br />
8<br />
S<br />
54<br />
55<br />
Z<br />
74<br />
75<br />
6-3-62
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position (Detection at stroke end)<br />
and Its Mounting Height<br />
Reed switch<br />
<br />
D-C7/C80<br />
Auto switch<br />
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
Solid state switch<br />
<br />
D-H7/H7W/H7BAL/H7NF<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
For the operating range of auto switch,<br />
refer to page 6-3-13.<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs ≅Hs<br />
D-C73C/C80C<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-H7C<br />
≅Hs ≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
<br />
D-A7/A80<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F79F/F7BAL<br />
Auto switch<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
≅Hs<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
Auto switch<br />
Auto switch<br />
≅Hs ≅Hs<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
Auto switch<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
≅Hs<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-A79W<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-J79C<br />
≅Hs<br />
Auto switch<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Height<br />
Auto switch D-C7/C80<br />
model D-H7/H7W<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
2.5<br />
3<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
Hs<br />
17<br />
20.5<br />
B<br />
2.5<br />
3<br />
A<br />
1.5<br />
2<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
Hs<br />
19.5<br />
23<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7C<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
B<br />
1.5<br />
2<br />
D-H7C<br />
Hs<br />
20<br />
23.5<br />
A<br />
3<br />
3.5<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
B<br />
3<br />
3.5<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
Hs<br />
16.5<br />
19.5<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-A73C/A80C<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7V/F7WV<br />
D-F79F/J79C<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
A<br />
3.5<br />
4<br />
B<br />
3.5<br />
4<br />
D-A7H/A80H<br />
D-F7/J79<br />
D-F7W/J79W<br />
D-F7BAL/F79F<br />
Hs<br />
17.5<br />
20.5<br />
A<br />
0.5<br />
1<br />
Hs<br />
23.5<br />
26.5<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
B<br />
0.5<br />
1<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
Hs<br />
20<br />
23<br />
D-J79C<br />
Hs<br />
23<br />
26<br />
D-A79W<br />
Hs<br />
19<br />
22<br />
6-3-63
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
A Bottom mounting style<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Action<br />
S<br />
T<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />
for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>RA 16 45 S<br />
CDJ2RA 16 45 S J79W<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2RA16-60S-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2RA10-45S-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />
for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Symbol Port location<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page<br />
6-3-61.<br />
∗ Not applicable to single acting,<br />
spring extend (T).<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together, (but<br />
not assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model of<br />
built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Load voltage Auto switch model<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
Wiring<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16) 0.5 3 5 None<br />
(Output) DC AC<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line (Nil) (L) (Z) (N)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent) —<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
2-wire<br />
100 V C73 A73 A73H —<br />
12 V<br />
— C73C A73C — <br />
24 V<br />
— — — A79W — — —<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
H7A1 F7NV F79 —<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
H7A2 F7PV F7P —<br />
2-wire<br />
H7B F7BV J79 —<br />
12 V<br />
H7C J79C — <br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
H7NW F7NWV F79W —<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP) 24 V — H7PW — F7PW —<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-64<br />
Prewire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R direct mount<br />
cylinder can be installed<br />
directly through the use of a<br />
square rod cover.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring return<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring extend<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Mounting<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
Standard stroke<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard equipment<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Option<br />
Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />
Use it in accordance with the operating environment. (Please order the mounting<br />
band separately, since it is not included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />
when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Spring Force<br />
(N)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
Retracted side Extended side<br />
10<br />
16<br />
6.86<br />
14.2<br />
3.53<br />
6.86<br />
6-3-65
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
Weight/Spring Return<br />
(g)<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
15 stroke<br />
10<br />
38<br />
16<br />
73<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />
Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
Action<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
30 stroke<br />
45<br />
90<br />
Copper-free<br />
Weight ∗<br />
45 stroke<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
100 stroke<br />
125 stroke<br />
54<br />
63<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
112<br />
134<br />
155<br />
198<br />
234<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
150 stroke<br />
∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />
—<br />
260<br />
Specifications<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10/16<br />
Weight/Spring Extend<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
15 stroke<br />
30 stroke<br />
45 stroke<br />
10<br />
44<br />
50<br />
59<br />
16<br />
78<br />
94<br />
114<br />
(g)<br />
Action<br />
Max. operating pressure<br />
Min. operating pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Single acting, Spring return; Single acting, Spring extend<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-65.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Weight ∗<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
67<br />
—<br />
135<br />
154<br />
Mounting<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
100 stroke<br />
—<br />
192<br />
125 stroke<br />
—<br />
226<br />
150 stroke<br />
—<br />
250<br />
∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
u<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston A<br />
Piston B<br />
Return spring<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Piano wire<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Zinc chromated<br />
No.<br />
i<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
!3<br />
!4<br />
Description<br />
Spring seat<br />
Bumper<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piston seal<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Rod seal<br />
Material<br />
Brass<br />
Urethane<br />
Rolled steel<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
6-3-66
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>R<br />
Single Acting: Bottom Mounting Style<br />
Spring return: <strong>CJ2</strong>RA Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
S<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Breathing hole<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
CJ1<br />
Spring extend: <strong>CJ2</strong>RA<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
D<br />
4<br />
5<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
20<br />
20<br />
Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return<br />
Bore<br />
size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
L<br />
23<br />
26<br />
LB<br />
16<br />
20<br />
LD<br />
ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />
ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />
LH<br />
8<br />
10<br />
LX<br />
12<br />
16<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
Symbol<br />
S<br />
Z<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —<br />
53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166<br />
Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (Dimensions not mentioned in the below table are the same as the above table.)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Stroke<br />
GA<br />
16<br />
16<br />
NA<br />
20.5<br />
20.5<br />
NB<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
Bore size<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Stroke<br />
X + Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
T<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Breathing hole<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
NA<br />
13.5<br />
13.5<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
S<br />
Z<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
56.5<br />
56.5<br />
64<br />
65<br />
76<br />
77<br />
88<br />
89<br />
—<br />
95<br />
—<br />
119<br />
—<br />
137<br />
—<br />
149<br />
76.5<br />
76.5<br />
84<br />
85<br />
96<br />
97<br />
108<br />
109<br />
—<br />
115<br />
—<br />
139<br />
—<br />
157<br />
—<br />
169<br />
X<br />
28<br />
28<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Y<br />
8<br />
8<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-67
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
A<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA 16 60<br />
CDJ2RKA<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
16 60 J79W<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />
for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2RKA16-60-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2RKA10-45-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />
for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Symbol Port location<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to<br />
page 6-3-70.<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together, (but<br />
not assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model of<br />
built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil 2 pcs.<br />
S 1 pc.<br />
n “n” pcs.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
—<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
12 V<br />
—<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
AC<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Band mounting<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16)<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-68<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />
Perpendicular In-line<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5 3<br />
(Nil) (L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Prewire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Specifications<br />
A cylinder which rod does<br />
not rotate because of the<br />
hexagonal rod shape.<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
Non-rotating accuracy<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />
Mounting<br />
Piston speed<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Symbol<br />
-XA<br />
-XC51<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Specifications<br />
Change of rod end shape<br />
With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
10<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard equipment<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Option<br />
Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-69
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Weight<br />
Bore size (mm) 10<br />
Basic weight ∗<br />
36<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke 4<br />
∗ Rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
Calculation: (Example) <strong>CJ2</strong>RKA10-45<br />
• Basic weight························ 36 (ø10)<br />
• Additional weight················· 4/15 stroke<br />
• Cylinder stroke···················· 45 stroke<br />
36 + 4/15 x 45 = 48 g<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
16<br />
71.5<br />
6.5<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line with the cylinder<br />
axis is available for basic style.<br />
(g)<br />
Caution<br />
Caution on Handling<br />
<br />
Avoid using the air cylinder in such a way that rotational torque would be<br />
applied to the piston rod because this will deform the non-rotating guide,<br />
thus affecting the non-rotating accuracy.<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Allowable rotational torque (N·m)<br />
0.02<br />
0.04<br />
Operate the cylinder in such a way that the load to the piston rod is always<br />
applied in the axial direction.<br />
To screw a bracket onto the threaded portion at the tip of the piston rod,<br />
make sure to retract the piston rod entirely, and place a wrench over the flat<br />
portion of the rod that protrudes.<br />
Tighten it by giving consideration to prevent the tightening torque from being<br />
applied to the non-rotating guide.<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is<br />
also available. Use it in accordance with the operating<br />
environment.<br />
(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not<br />
included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel<br />
screws above when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are<br />
attached.<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Bore size Stroke Port location on head cover<br />
<br />
Copper-free<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Action<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
10, 16<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-69.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
6-3-70
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
Component Parts<br />
CG1<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Nickel plated<br />
No.<br />
u<br />
i<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
Description<br />
Bumper<br />
Piston seal<br />
Rod seal<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Material<br />
Urethane<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
Bottom Mounting Style<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA Bore size Stroke<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
ø<br />
NCA<br />
ø<br />
Rod section<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
B 0 –0.3<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Data<br />
Material: Iron<br />
Part no.<br />
NTJ-010A<br />
NTJ-015A<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
GA<br />
16<br />
16<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
20<br />
20<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
L<br />
23<br />
26<br />
LB<br />
16<br />
20<br />
LD<br />
ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />
ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />
LH<br />
8<br />
10<br />
LX<br />
12<br />
16<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
NA<br />
20.5<br />
20.5<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
X<br />
28<br />
28<br />
Y<br />
8<br />
8<br />
S<br />
54<br />
55<br />
Z<br />
74<br />
75<br />
6-3-71
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
A<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Bore size <br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Mounting style <br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø10 15, 30, 45, 60<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval<br />
with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
∗ When auto switch is mounted, refer to “Minimum Stroke<br />
for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Action<br />
S<br />
T<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />
for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA 16 45 S<br />
CDJ2RKA 16 45 S J79W<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2RKA16-60S-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2RKA10-45S-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />
for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator light<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
Port location on head cover <br />
Symbol Port location<br />
on head cover<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial foot style<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to<br />
page 6-3-70.<br />
∗ Not applicable to single acting,<br />
spring extend (T).<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire<br />
(NPN)<br />
—<br />
24 V<br />
Load voltage<br />
DC AC<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
12 V<br />
—<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
24 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Band mounting Rail mounting (ø10, ø16)<br />
(ø6, ø10, ø16) Perpendicular In-line<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 6-3-13 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 6-16-60.<br />
6-3-72<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switch for rail mounting<br />
style is shipped together, (but<br />
not assembled).<br />
∗ If a built-in magnet cylinder<br />
without an auto switch is<br />
required, refer to the model of<br />
built-in magnet cylinder.<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5 3<br />
(Nil) (L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Prewire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
n<br />
Applicable load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Specifications<br />
A cylinder which rod does<br />
not rotate because of the<br />
hexagonal rod shape.<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Non-rotating accuracy<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Can operate without lubrication.<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
Rod non-rotating accuracy<br />
Mounting<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
ø10: ±1.5°, ø16: ±1°<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
10, 16<br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Single acting,<br />
Single return<br />
Single acting,<br />
Spring extend<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 6-17-1.)<br />
Symbol<br />
Specifications<br />
-XA Change of rod end shape<br />
-XC51 With hose nipple<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling.<br />
Refer to pages 6-20-3 to 6-20-6 for<br />
Safety Instructions and Actuator<br />
Precautions.<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Standard stroke<br />
15, 30, 45, 60<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available by the 1 mm interval with no stroke adjustment by spacer.<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Refer to “Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting” on page 6-3-60.<br />
Accessory/For details, refer to page 6-3-11.<br />
Standard equipment<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Option<br />
Single knuckle joint, Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together with double knuckle joint.<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is also available.<br />
Use it in accordance with the operating environment.<br />
(Please order the mounting band separately, since it is not included.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the stainless steel screws above<br />
when shipped.<br />
When only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4” screws are attached.<br />
Spring Force<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
(N)<br />
Retracted side Extended side<br />
6.86<br />
14.2<br />
3.53<br />
6.86<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-73
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Weight/Spring Return<br />
(g)<br />
Copper-free<br />
(For CRT manufacturing process)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
15 stroke<br />
10<br />
38<br />
16<br />
73<br />
20-<strong>CJ2</strong>RKA<br />
Bore size Stroke Action<br />
Port location on<br />
head cover<br />
30 stroke<br />
45<br />
90<br />
<br />
Copper-free<br />
45 stroke<br />
Weight ∗<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
100 stroke<br />
125 stroke<br />
150 stroke<br />
∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />
54<br />
63<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
112<br />
134<br />
155<br />
198<br />
234<br />
260<br />
Eliminates the effects by copper based ions and fluorine<br />
based resins, etc. over the color cathode ray tube.<br />
Making copper based materials into electroless nickel plated<br />
treatment or changing them to the non-copper materials in<br />
order to prevent copper ions from generating.<br />
Specifications<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10, 16<br />
Weight/Spring Extend<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
15 stroke<br />
30 stroke<br />
45 stroke<br />
Weight ∗<br />
60 stroke<br />
75 stroke<br />
10<br />
44<br />
50<br />
59<br />
67<br />
—<br />
16<br />
78<br />
94<br />
114<br />
135<br />
154<br />
(g)<br />
Action<br />
Max. operating pressure<br />
Min. operating pressure<br />
Cushion<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Single acting, Spring return;<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.15 MPa<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Same as standard type. (Refer to page 6-3-73.)<br />
Mountable (Band mounting style)<br />
Bottom mounting style<br />
100 stroke<br />
—<br />
192<br />
125 stroke<br />
—<br />
226<br />
150 stroke<br />
—<br />
250<br />
∗ Rod end nut is included in the weight.<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Single acting, Spring return<br />
Single acting, Spring extend<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
u<br />
i<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston A<br />
Piston B<br />
Return spring<br />
Spring seat<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Brass<br />
Piano wire<br />
Brass<br />
Note<br />
Anodized<br />
Anodized<br />
Zinc chromated<br />
No.<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
!3<br />
!4<br />
Description<br />
Bumper<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piston seal<br />
Tube gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Rod seal<br />
Material<br />
Urethane<br />
Rolled steel<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
6-3-74
Air Cylinder: Direct Mount, Non-rotating Rod Type<br />
Single Acting, Single Rod, Spring Return/Extend<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>RK<br />
Single Acting: Bottom Mounting Style<br />
Spring return: <strong>CJ2</strong>RK Bore size<br />
Stroke<br />
S<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Breathing hole<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Piping port<br />
CJ1<br />
Spring extend: <strong>CJ2</strong>RK Bore size<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
A<br />
15<br />
15<br />
B<br />
12<br />
18.3<br />
C<br />
14<br />
20<br />
GB<br />
5<br />
5<br />
H<br />
20<br />
20<br />
KA<br />
4.2<br />
5.2<br />
Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Return<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Stroke<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Rod section<br />
Stroke<br />
X + Stroke<br />
H + Stroke<br />
L<br />
23<br />
26<br />
T<br />
LB<br />
16<br />
20<br />
Z + 2 x Stroke<br />
Z + Stroke<br />
S + Stroke<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
S + Stroke<br />
LD<br />
ø3.5, ø6.5 counterbore depth 4<br />
ø4.5, ø8 counterbore depth 5<br />
LH<br />
8<br />
10<br />
LX<br />
12<br />
16<br />
Port location on head cover:<br />
Axial location (R)<br />
Breathing hole<br />
Rod End Nut<br />
Part no.<br />
Applicable<br />
bore (mm)<br />
NTJ-010A 10<br />
NTJ-015A 16<br />
MM<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Symbol<br />
S<br />
Z<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
53.5 61 73 85 — — — — 73.5 81 93 105 — — — —<br />
53.5 62 74 86 92 116 134 146 73.5 82 94 106 112 136 154 166<br />
B 0<br />
–0.3<br />
NA<br />
13.5<br />
13.5<br />
B<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
8.1<br />
9.2<br />
NB<br />
9.5<br />
9.5<br />
Material: Iron<br />
d<br />
M4 x 0.7<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
X<br />
28<br />
28<br />
H<br />
3.2<br />
4<br />
Y<br />
8<br />
8<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Dimensions by Stroke: Spring Extend (Dimensions not mentioned in the below table are the same as the above table.)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
GA<br />
16<br />
16<br />
NA<br />
20.5<br />
20.5<br />
NB<br />
5.5<br />
5.5<br />
S<br />
Z<br />
5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150 5 to 15 16 to 30 31 to 45 46 to 60 61 to 75 76 to 100 101 to 125 126 to 150<br />
56.5<br />
56.5<br />
64<br />
65<br />
76<br />
77<br />
88<br />
89<br />
—<br />
95<br />
—<br />
119<br />
—<br />
137<br />
—<br />
149<br />
76.5<br />
76.5<br />
84<br />
85<br />
96<br />
97<br />
108<br />
109<br />
—<br />
115<br />
—<br />
139<br />
—<br />
157<br />
—<br />
169<br />
6-3-75
Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
ø16<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Mounting Style<br />
B Basic style<br />
L Axial foot style<br />
F Rod side flange style<br />
D Double clevis style Note)<br />
Note) Front end lock only.<br />
CBJ2<br />
—<br />
24 V<br />
24 V<br />
L16<br />
How to Order<br />
CDBJ2 L16 60HN J79W<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
5 V — C76 — A76H — — — IC circuit<br />
—<br />
12 V<br />
—<br />
5 V,<br />
12 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V,<br />
12 V<br />
AC<br />
200 V<br />
200 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Cylinder stroke (mm)<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are<br />
available in 1 mm increments<br />
without stroke adjustment with a<br />
spacer.<br />
∗ For types with auto switch, refer<br />
to Minimum Strokes for Auto<br />
Switch Mounting on page 6-3-78.<br />
60H N<br />
Manual release<br />
N Non-locking type<br />
Band<br />
mounting<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
—<br />
H7NF<br />
Lock position<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 6-16-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Connector<br />
Diagnostic indication (2-color) Grommet<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color)<br />
Indicator light<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(Equiv. to NPN)<br />
Grommet<br />
Yes<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
Water resistant<br />
2-wire 12 V<br />
Grommet<br />
(2-color)<br />
Diagnostic output (2-color)<br />
5 V,12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ········· Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m ·········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ·········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ··········N (Example) C73CN<br />
Yes<br />
DC<br />
H<br />
R<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Rail mounting<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W ∗∗<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
F7BAV<br />
—<br />
Head end lock<br />
Rod end lock<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ Refer to the table below for<br />
applicable auto switch.<br />
∗ Rail mounting type auto switches<br />
are not mounted and are supplied<br />
loose at the time of shipment.<br />
∗∗ For cylinders with built-in magnet<br />
and without auto switch, refer to<br />
How to Order for cylinders with<br />
built-in magnet.<br />
Load voltage Auto switch model Lead wire length (m)<br />
In-line<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F7BA<br />
—<br />
F79F<br />
0.5<br />
(Nil)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or<br />
“-B” (Band mounting style) to the end of part<br />
number for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style<br />
3<br />
(L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Pre-wire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
N<br />
Applicable load<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
Replay,<br />
PLC<br />
Replay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are manufactured upon receipt of order.<br />
∗∗ Model D-A79W cannot be mounted on a ø10 cylinder with air cushion.<br />
• In addition to the models in the above table, there are some other auto switches that are applicable. For more information, refer to page 6-3-78.<br />
CDJ2B16-45-A<br />
CDJ2B16-60-B<br />
∗ For rail mounting style, screws and nuts<br />
for 2 pcs. switches come with the rail.<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-77
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong> air cylinder is<br />
equipped with end lock<br />
function.<br />
Maintains the cylinder’s original position<br />
even if the air supply interrupted.<br />
When air is discharged at the stroke end<br />
position, the lock engages to maintain the rod<br />
in that position.<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating presuure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke tolerance<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
∗ With no freezing<br />
Lock Specifications<br />
Lock position<br />
Holding force (Max.)<br />
Lock release pressure<br />
Backlash<br />
Manual release<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10˚C to 70˚C<br />
With auto switch: –10˚C to 60˚C ∗<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
50 to 750 mm/s<br />
0.090 J<br />
Head end, Rod end<br />
98 N<br />
0.15 MPa or less<br />
1 mm or less<br />
Non-locking type<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Standard stroke<br />
16<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate strokes are available in 1 mm increments without stroke adjustment with a spacer.<br />
Minimum Strokes for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
3 (Same side)<br />
3 (Different sides)<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
Other than the applicable auto switches listed in “How to Order”, the following auto<br />
switches can be mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to page 6-16-1.<br />
Type Model Electrical entry Features<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A80H<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-C80<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-F7NTL<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Without indicator<br />
light<br />
With timer<br />
∗ D-F7NTL is also available with pre-wire connector.<br />
6-3-78<br />
Auto switch Auto switch<br />
mounting<br />
style model<br />
Band mounting style<br />
(ø16)<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Min. cylinder<br />
stroke<br />
(mm)<br />
90<br />
55<br />
50<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
60<br />
60<br />
15<br />
10<br />
105<br />
65<br />
65<br />
15<br />
10<br />
Auto switch Auto switch Number of<br />
mounting<br />
auto<br />
style model switches<br />
Rail mounting style<br />
(ø16)<br />
D-A7<br />
D-A80<br />
D-A73C<br />
D-A80C<br />
D-A7H<br />
D-A80H<br />
D-A79W<br />
D-F7<br />
D-J79<br />
D-F7V<br />
D-J79C<br />
D-F7W<br />
D-J79W<br />
D-F7BAL<br />
D-F79F<br />
D-F7WV<br />
D-F7BAVL<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
Min. cylinder<br />
stroke<br />
(mm)<br />
35<br />
10<br />
5<br />
45<br />
10<br />
5<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10<br />
45<br />
5<br />
5<br />
30<br />
5<br />
5<br />
55<br />
15<br />
10<br />
40<br />
15<br />
10
Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
Dimensions<br />
Basic style<br />
With rod end lock: CBJ2B16-<br />
-RN<br />
20.3<br />
ø20<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
0<br />
h8–0.022<br />
M10 x 1 Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
ø10<br />
14.5<br />
5<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
ø6<br />
CM2<br />
0<br />
18.3–0.3<br />
15 8<br />
28<br />
21<br />
55.5 + Stroke<br />
9.5<br />
CG1<br />
83.5 + Stroke<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
With head end lock: CBJ2B16-<br />
-HN<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
ø20<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
0<br />
h8-0.022<br />
2-M10 x 1 8 Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
ø10<br />
6<br />
19.8<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
ø5<br />
Data<br />
0<br />
18.3-0.3<br />
15 8 12.5<br />
28<br />
12.5<br />
50 + Stroke 8<br />
86 + Stroke<br />
6-3-79
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
Dimensions<br />
Flange style<br />
With rod end lock: CBJ2F16-<br />
-RN<br />
Cover side (Rod side)<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
M10 x 1<br />
ø6<br />
14.5<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
5<br />
ø20<br />
19<br />
20<br />
20.3<br />
33<br />
42<br />
2-ø5.5<br />
Mounting hole<br />
15 8<br />
28<br />
2.3<br />
21<br />
83.5 + Stroke<br />
55.5 + Stroke<br />
9.5<br />
0<br />
18.3 –0.3<br />
Cover outside diameter<br />
With head end lock: CBJ2F16-<br />
-HN<br />
Cover side (Head side)<br />
2-M10 x 1<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
ø5<br />
8<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
6<br />
19.8<br />
ø20<br />
19<br />
20<br />
33<br />
42<br />
2-ø5.5<br />
Mounting hole 15 8<br />
2.3<br />
12.5<br />
28<br />
12.5<br />
50 + Stroke 8<br />
86 + Stroke<br />
0<br />
18.3 –0.3<br />
Cover outside diameter<br />
6-3-80
Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
Axial foot style<br />
With rod end lock: CBJ2L16-<br />
-RN<br />
Cover side (Rod side)<br />
23<br />
25<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
M10 x 1 8<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
ø6<br />
14.5<br />
5<br />
20.3<br />
ø20<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
33<br />
42<br />
14<br />
2-ø5.5<br />
Mounting hole<br />
2.3<br />
15<br />
6<br />
28<br />
9<br />
21<br />
83.5 + Stroke<br />
55.5 + Stroke<br />
9.5<br />
0<br />
18.3–0.3<br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
With head end lock: CBJ2L16-<br />
-HN<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
Cover side (Head side)<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
2-M10 x 1<br />
ø5<br />
8<br />
8<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
6<br />
19.8<br />
ø20<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
14<br />
23<br />
25<br />
2.3<br />
Data<br />
33<br />
42<br />
2-ø5.5<br />
Mounting hole<br />
15<br />
6<br />
9<br />
12.5<br />
12.5<br />
28 50 + Stroke<br />
8<br />
86 + Stroke<br />
18.3–0.3<br />
6-3-81
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
Dimensions<br />
Double clevis style<br />
With rod end lock: CBJ2D16-<br />
-RN<br />
20.3<br />
ø20<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
ø6<br />
14.5<br />
Piping port 2-M5 x 0.8<br />
27.5<br />
23<br />
+0.030<br />
ø5H9 0<br />
–0.030<br />
Clevis pin (ø5d9–0.060)<br />
ø20<br />
18.3<br />
15<br />
28<br />
21<br />
55.5 + Stroke 10<br />
93.5 + Stroke 8<br />
101.5 + Stroke<br />
0<br />
18.3 –0.3<br />
+0.2<br />
6.5 +0.1<br />
6-3-82
Air Cylinder: With End Lock<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CBJ2<br />
Be sure to read before handling. Please consult with <strong>SMC</strong> for products outside these specifications.<br />
Use Recommended Air Pressure Circuit.<br />
Caution<br />
• It is necessary for proper locking and unlocking.<br />
With rear lock<br />
With front lock<br />
Operating Precautions<br />
Caution<br />
1. Do not use a 3 position solenoid valve.<br />
Avoid using this cylinder in combination with a 3 position<br />
solenoid valve (particularly the closed center metal seal type).<br />
If air pressure becomes sealed inside the port on the side that<br />
contains the lock mechanism, the lock will not engage. Even if<br />
the lock is engaged at first, the air that leaks from the solenoid<br />
valve could enter the cylinder and cause the lock to disengage<br />
as time elapses.<br />
2. Back pressure is necessary for unlocking.<br />
Before starting, make sure that air is supplied to the side that is<br />
not equipped with a lock mechanism as shown in the diagram<br />
above. Otherwise, the lock may not disengage.<br />
(Refer to “Rock Disengagement”.)<br />
3. Disengage the lock before installing or adjusting the<br />
cyliner.<br />
The lock could become damaged if the cylinder is installed with<br />
its lock engaged.<br />
4. Operate the cylinder at a load ratio of 50% or less.<br />
The lock might not disengage or might become damaged if a<br />
load ratio of 50% is exceeded.<br />
5. Do not synchronize multiple cylinders.<br />
Do not operate two or more end lock cylinders synchronized to<br />
move a single workpiece because one of the cylinder locks<br />
may not be able to disengage when required.<br />
6. Operate the speed controller under meter-out<br />
control.<br />
If operated under meter-in control, the lock might not<br />
disengage.<br />
7. On the side that has a lock, make sure to operate at<br />
the stroke end of the cylinder.<br />
The lock might not engage or disengage if the piston of the<br />
cylinder has not reached the stroke end.<br />
8. The position adjustment of the auto switch should<br />
be performed at two positions; a position<br />
determined by the stroke and a position after the<br />
backlash movement (by 1 mm).<br />
When a 2-color indication switch is adjusted to show green at<br />
the stroke end, the indication may turn red when the cylinder<br />
returns by the backlash. This, however, is not an error.<br />
Precautions<br />
Operating Pressure<br />
Caution<br />
Supply air pressure of 0.15 MPa or higher to the port on the side<br />
that has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for disengaging<br />
the lock.<br />
Exhaust Air Speed<br />
Caution<br />
The lock will engage automatically if the air pressure at the port on<br />
the side that has the lock mechanism becomes 0.05 MPa or less.<br />
Be aware that if the piping on the side that has the lock mechanism<br />
is narrow and long, or if the speed controller is located far from the<br />
cylinder port, the exhaust air speed could become slower, involving<br />
a longer time for the lock to engage. A similar result will ensure if<br />
the silencer that is installed on the exhaust port of the solenoid<br />
valve becomes clogged.<br />
Warning<br />
Lock Disengagement<br />
To disengage the lock, make sure to supply air pressure to the port<br />
on the side without a lock mechanism, thus preventing the load<br />
from being applied to the lock mechanism. (Refer to the<br />
recommended air pressure circuit.) If the lock is disengaged when<br />
the port on the side that does not contain a lock mechanism is in<br />
the exhausted state and the load is being applied to the lock<br />
mechanism, undue force will be applied to the lock mechanism,<br />
and it may damage the lock mechanism. Also, it could be<br />
extremely dangerous, because the piston rod could move<br />
suddenly.<br />
Manual Disengagement<br />
Caution<br />
Non-locking style manual release<br />
Insert the bolt, which is provided as an accessory part, through the<br />
rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove the rubber cap). Screw<br />
the bolt into the lock piston and pull the bolt to disengage the lock.<br />
Releasing the bolt will re-engage the lock.<br />
The bolt size, pulling force, and the stroke are listed below.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
Thread size<br />
Pulling force<br />
Stroke<br />
(mm)<br />
16 M2.5 x 0.45 x 25l or more 4.9<br />
2<br />
Bolt should be detached under normal operation,<br />
otherwise it may cause malfunction of the locking<br />
feature.<br />
Rubber cap<br />
CJ1<br />
CJP<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong><br />
CM2<br />
CG1<br />
MB<br />
MB1<br />
CA2<br />
CS1<br />
C76<br />
C85<br />
C95<br />
CP95<br />
NCM<br />
NCA<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
6-3-83
Fine Lock Cylinder<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />
ø16<br />
How to Order<br />
Without auto switch<br />
CLJ2<br />
L<br />
16<br />
60<br />
R<br />
E<br />
With auto switch<br />
CDLJ2<br />
L<br />
16<br />
60<br />
R<br />
E<br />
H7BW<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
Mounting style<br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style<br />
Bore size<br />
16 16 mm<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
ø16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
Number of auto switches<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
n<br />
Auto switch<br />
Nil<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
Nil<br />
R<br />
Lock operation<br />
E<br />
P<br />
D<br />
Perpendicular to axis<br />
Axial direction<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
Without auto switch (Built-in magnet)<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the<br />
table below.<br />
Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />
Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />
Spring and pneumatic locking<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 9-15-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Special function<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
Water resistant<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
With diagnostic output (2-color indication)<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Connector<br />
Grommet<br />
Indicator<br />
light<br />
Load voltage<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 9-2-16 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 9-15-66.<br />
Yes Yes<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m ··········Nil (Example) C73C<br />
1 m ··········L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m ··········Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ··········N (Example) C73CN<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
2-wire<br />
4-wire (NPN)<br />
—<br />
24 V<br />
DC<br />
5 V<br />
12 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
24 V<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
12 V<br />
AC<br />
—<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Auto switch<br />
model<br />
C76<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7BA<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5<br />
(Nil)<br />
3<br />
(L)<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
— —<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Applicable<br />
load<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
5 V, 12 V H7NF — IC circuit<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
<br />
—<br />
Pre-wire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
— —<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
—<br />
IC<br />
circuit<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
9-2-10
Fine Lock Cylinder<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />
Provided with a compact lock<br />
mechanism, it is suitable for<br />
intermediate stop, emergency<br />
stop, and drop prevention.<br />
Locking in both directions<br />
The piston rod can be locked in either<br />
direction of its cylinder stroke.<br />
Maximum piston speed:<br />
500 mm/s<br />
It can be used at 50 to 500 mm/s provided<br />
that it is within the allowable kinetic energy<br />
range.<br />
Specifications<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Action<br />
Type<br />
Lock operation<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Piston speed<br />
Cushion<br />
16<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Non-lube/Lube<br />
Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />
Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />
Spring and pneumatic locking<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.08 MPa<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
50 to 500 mm/s ∗<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
CL<br />
CL1<br />
MLGC<br />
CNG<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
MNB<br />
Mounting<br />
Basic style, Axial foot style,<br />
Rod side flange style, Double clevis style<br />
CNA<br />
Symbol<br />
-XA<br />
Made to Order Specifications<br />
(For details, refer to page 9-16-1.)<br />
Specifications<br />
Change of rod end shape<br />
∗ Constraints associated with the allowable kinetic energy are imposed on the speeds at<br />
which the piston can be locked.<br />
The maximum speed of 750 mm/s can be accommodated if the piston is to be locked in<br />
the stationary state for the purpose of drop prevention.<br />
Fine Lock Specifications<br />
Lock operation<br />
Fluid<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Unlocking pressure<br />
Lock starting pressure<br />
Locking direction<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
16<br />
Spring locking<br />
(Exhaust locking)<br />
0.3 MPa or more<br />
0.25 MPa or less<br />
Spring and<br />
pneumatic locking<br />
Air<br />
0.5 MPa<br />
Both directions<br />
Standard stroke<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
Mounting Bracket and Accessory/For details, refer to page 9-2-16.<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle (With pin)<br />
T-bracket<br />
Basic style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Axial foot<br />
style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Rod side<br />
flange style<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
Pneumatic locking<br />
(Pressure locking)<br />
0.1 MPa or more<br />
0.05 MPa or more<br />
Double clevis<br />
style<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
CNS<br />
CLS<br />
CLQ<br />
MLGP<br />
RLQ<br />
MLU<br />
ML1C<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Mounting bracket<br />
Part no.<br />
Foot<br />
CLJ-L016B<br />
Flange<br />
CLJ-F016B<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket no.<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
∗ Mounting screws set made of stainless steel<br />
The following set of mounting screws made of<br />
stainless steel is also available. Use it in<br />
accordance with the operating environment.<br />
(A switch mounting band is not included, so<br />
please order it separately.)<br />
BBA4: For D-C7/C8/H7<br />
“D-H7BAL” switch is set on the cylinder with the<br />
stainless steel screws above when shipped. When<br />
only a switch is shipped independently, “BBA4”<br />
screws are attached.<br />
9-2-11
<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />
Minimum Stroke for Auto Switch Mounting<br />
Auto switch<br />
mounting style<br />
Band mounting<br />
style<br />
Weight<br />
Auto switch model<br />
D-C7<br />
D-C80<br />
D-H7<br />
D-H7W<br />
D-H7NF<br />
D-H7BAL<br />
D-C73C<br />
D-C80C<br />
D-H7C<br />
No. of auto<br />
switches mounted<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
2 (Same side)<br />
2 (Different sides)<br />
1<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
16<br />
Standard weight ∗<br />
320<br />
Additional weight per each 15 mm of stroke<br />
6.5<br />
Axial foot style<br />
27<br />
Mounting<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
21<br />
bracket weight<br />
Double clevis style (With pin) ∗∗ 10<br />
Minimum cylinder<br />
stroke (mm)<br />
50<br />
15<br />
10<br />
60<br />
15<br />
10<br />
65<br />
15<br />
10<br />
∗ Mounting nut and rod end nut are included in the basic weight.<br />
∗∗ Mounting nut is not included in double clevis style.<br />
Calculation: (Example) CLJ2L16-60<br />
Basic weight·················320 (ø16)<br />
Additional weight··········6.5/15 stroke<br />
Cylinder stroke·············60 stroke<br />
320 + 6.5/15 x 60 + 27 = 373 g<br />
Stopping Accuracy (Not including tolerance of control system.) (mm)<br />
Lock type<br />
Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />
Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />
Spring and pneumatic locking<br />
Condition: Load: 2 kg<br />
Solenoid valve: Lock port mounting<br />
Piston speed (mm/s)<br />
50<br />
±0.4<br />
100<br />
±0.5<br />
300<br />
±1.0<br />
500<br />
±2.0<br />
±0.2<br />
±0.3<br />
±0.5<br />
±1.5<br />
(g)<br />
Load weight (kg)<br />
Caution/Allowable Kinetic Energy when Locking<br />
1. In terms of specific load conditions, this allowable kinetic energy is<br />
equivalent to a load of 3.7 kg in weight, and a piston speed of 300<br />
mm/sec. Therefore, if the operating conditions are below these values,<br />
there is no need to calculate.<br />
2. Apply the following formula to obtain the kinetic energy of the load.<br />
1<br />
Ek = – mυ<br />
2<br />
2<br />
9<br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
4.4<br />
4<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
0 50 100 200 300 400 500<br />
Piston speed (mm/s)<br />
Holding Force of Spring Locking (Maximum static load)<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
16<br />
Holding force (N)<br />
122<br />
Note) Holding force at piston rod extended side decreases approximately 15%.<br />
Holding Force of Pneumatic Locking (Maximum static load)<br />
200<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Allowable kinetic energy (J)<br />
Ek: Kinetic energy of load (J)<br />
m: Load weight (kg)<br />
υ: Piston speed (m/s)<br />
16<br />
0.17<br />
3. The piston speed will exceed the average speed immediately before<br />
locking. To determine the piston speed for the purpose of obtaining the<br />
kinetic energy of load, use 1.2 times the average speed as a guide.<br />
4. The relationship between the speed and the load is indicated in the graph<br />
below. The area below the line is the allowable kinetic energy range.<br />
5. During locking, the lock mechanism must sustain the thrust of the cylinder,<br />
in addition to absorbing the energy of the load. Therefore, there is an<br />
upper limit to the size of the load that can be sustained. Thus, a<br />
horizontally mounted cylinder must be operated below the solid line, and<br />
a vertically mounted cylinder must be operated below the dotted line.<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Either perpendicular to the cylinder axis or in-line with the cylinder<br />
axis is available for basic style.<br />
Holding force (N)<br />
150<br />
100<br />
50<br />
Caution<br />
Axial<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Recommended Pneumatic Circuit/Caution on Handling<br />
For detailed specifications of the fine lock cylinder, <strong>Series</strong><br />
CLJ2 mentioned above, refer to pages 9-2-4 to 9-2-7.<br />
0<br />
Caution<br />
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5<br />
Air pressure applied to pressurized locking port (MPa)<br />
Caution when Locking<br />
The holding force is the lock’s ability to hold a static load that does<br />
not involve vibrations or impacts, when it is locked without a load.<br />
Therefore, when normally using the cylinder near the upper limit of<br />
the holding force, be aware of the points described below.<br />
• If the piston rod slips because the lock’s holding force has been<br />
exceeded, the brake shoe could be damaged, resulting in a<br />
reduced holding force or shortened life.<br />
• To use the lock for drop prevention purposes, the load to be<br />
attached to the cylinder must be within 35% of the cylinder’s<br />
holding force.<br />
• Do not use the cylinder in the locked state to sustain a load that<br />
involves impact.<br />
9-2-12
Fine Lock Cylinder<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />
Construction (Not able to disassemble.)<br />
Spring locking (Exhaust locking)<br />
Spring and pneumatic locking<br />
Spring lock<br />
(E type)<br />
CL<br />
CL1<br />
MLGC<br />
CNG<br />
MNB<br />
CNA<br />
Pneumatic locking (Pressure locking)<br />
CNS<br />
CLS<br />
CLQ<br />
MLGP<br />
RLQ<br />
MLU<br />
ML1C<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
Component Parts<br />
No.<br />
q<br />
w<br />
e<br />
r<br />
t<br />
y<br />
u<br />
i<br />
o<br />
!0<br />
!1<br />
!2<br />
!3<br />
!4<br />
!5<br />
!6<br />
!7<br />
!8<br />
!9<br />
@0<br />
@1<br />
Description<br />
Rod cover<br />
Head cover<br />
Cover A<br />
Cover B<br />
Cover C<br />
Intermediate cover<br />
Cylinder tube<br />
Piston rod<br />
Piston<br />
Brake piston<br />
Brake arm<br />
Brake shoe<br />
Roller<br />
Pin<br />
Snap ring<br />
Brake spring<br />
Bushing A<br />
Bushing B<br />
Manual lock release cam<br />
Cam guide<br />
Lock nut<br />
Material<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Carbon steel<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Aluminum alloy<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Stainless steel<br />
Brass<br />
Carbon steel<br />
Carbon steel<br />
Special friction material<br />
Carbon steel<br />
Carbon steel<br />
Carbon tool steel<br />
Steel wire<br />
Oil-impregnated sintered alloy<br />
Oil-impregnated sintered alloy<br />
Chromium molybdenum steel<br />
Carbon steel<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Note<br />
Clear anodized<br />
Clear anodized<br />
Nitrided, nickel chrome plated<br />
Hard anodized<br />
Hard anodized<br />
Hard anodized<br />
Hard chrome plated<br />
Nitrided<br />
Nitrided<br />
Nitrided<br />
Heat treated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Zinc chromated<br />
Nitrided<br />
Nitrided, platinum silver painted<br />
Nickel plated<br />
No.<br />
@2<br />
@3<br />
@4<br />
@5<br />
@6<br />
@7<br />
@8<br />
@9<br />
#0<br />
#1<br />
#2<br />
#3<br />
#4<br />
#5<br />
#6<br />
#7<br />
#8<br />
#9<br />
$0<br />
$1<br />
$2<br />
Description<br />
Plain washer<br />
Snap ring<br />
Hexagon socket head cap screw<br />
Spring washer<br />
Hexagon socket head cap screw<br />
Spring washer<br />
Hexagon socket head cap screw<br />
Spring washer<br />
Silencer<br />
Bumper<br />
Wear ring<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Piston seal<br />
Rod seal A<br />
Rod seal B<br />
Brake piston seal<br />
Cylinder tube gasket<br />
Intermediate cover gasket<br />
Cam gasket<br />
Piston gasket<br />
Material<br />
Rolled steel<br />
Carbon tool steel<br />
Chromium molybdenum steel<br />
Steel wire<br />
Chromium molybdenum steel<br />
Steel wire<br />
Chromium molybdenum steel<br />
Steel wire<br />
Bronze<br />
Urethane<br />
Resin<br />
Brass<br />
Rolled steel<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
NBR<br />
Note<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Type E only<br />
Nickel plated<br />
Nickel plated<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
9-2-13
<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />
Basic Style (B)<br />
CLJ2B16-<br />
- E D P<br />
19<br />
16<br />
2<br />
ø8<br />
Silencer<br />
Manual unlocking cam<br />
Spring lock<br />
M5 x 0.8 pressurized locking port<br />
Pneumatic locking and spring<br />
and pneumatic locking<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
12<br />
25.5<br />
31<br />
M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />
Unlocked when pressurized<br />
6<br />
71<br />
46<br />
Lock nut<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod side cylinder port<br />
Head cover port<br />
in axial direction (R)<br />
48.5<br />
6.5<br />
34<br />
32<br />
32<br />
5<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
Width across<br />
flats 10<br />
M14 x 1.0<br />
ø6<br />
20 14<br />
39<br />
ø20<br />
65<br />
11.5<br />
111 + Stroke<br />
150 + Stroke<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Head side<br />
cylinder port<br />
9.5<br />
5<br />
18<br />
18<br />
Axial Foot Style (L)<br />
CLJ2L16-<br />
- E D P<br />
19 16<br />
54<br />
42<br />
LOCK FREE<br />
2<br />
ø6<br />
Silencer<br />
25.5<br />
12<br />
Spring lock<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
50.5<br />
18<br />
M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />
Unlocked when pressurized<br />
20 14<br />
M14 x 1.0<br />
M6 x 1.0 5<br />
Width across<br />
flats 10<br />
Manual unlocking cam<br />
ø6<br />
6<br />
Lock nut<br />
71<br />
46<br />
ø20<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Pressurized locking port<br />
Pneumatic locking and spring<br />
and pneumatic locking<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod side cylinder port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Head side<br />
cylinder port<br />
5<br />
48.5<br />
6.5<br />
34<br />
32<br />
Head cover port<br />
in axial direction (R)<br />
31<br />
18<br />
2-ø5.5<br />
Mounting<br />
hole<br />
2.3<br />
39<br />
6 9<br />
65<br />
11.5<br />
111 + Stroke<br />
150 + Stroke<br />
9.5<br />
18<br />
32<br />
9-2-14
Fine Lock Cylinder<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> CLJ2<br />
Rod Side Flange Style (F)<br />
CLJ2F16-<br />
- E D P<br />
19 16<br />
ø8<br />
25.5<br />
Manual unlocking cam<br />
M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />
71<br />
31<br />
Unlocked when pressurized 6 46<br />
Lock nut<br />
M14 x 1.0<br />
M6 x 1.0 5<br />
32<br />
2-ø5.5<br />
42<br />
20 14<br />
65<br />
11.5<br />
Mounting<br />
54<br />
hole<br />
39<br />
111 + Stroke<br />
150 + Stroke<br />
Width across<br />
flats 10<br />
Double Clevis Style (D) ∗ Clevis pin and set ring are shipped together.<br />
CLJ2D16- - E D P<br />
48.5<br />
34 6.5<br />
32<br />
24<br />
ø6<br />
2<br />
Silencer<br />
12<br />
M5 x 0.8 pressurized locking port<br />
Pneumatic locking and spring<br />
and pneumatic locking<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod side cylinder port<br />
ø20<br />
Spring lock<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Head side<br />
cylinder port<br />
2.3 18<br />
9.5<br />
19 16<br />
25.5<br />
2<br />
5<br />
ø8<br />
Silencer<br />
12<br />
Piping port M5 x 0.8<br />
Head cover port<br />
in axial direction (R)<br />
Head cover port<br />
in axial direction (R)<br />
18<br />
CL<br />
CL1<br />
MLGC<br />
CNG<br />
MNB<br />
CNA<br />
CNS<br />
CLS<br />
CLQ<br />
MLGP<br />
RLQ<br />
MLU<br />
ML1C<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
48.5<br />
34 6.5<br />
32<br />
M5 x 0.8 unlocking port<br />
Unlocked when pressurized<br />
31<br />
32<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
Width across<br />
flats 10<br />
M14 x 1.0<br />
5<br />
ø6<br />
Manual unlocking cam<br />
6<br />
71<br />
46<br />
Lock nut<br />
ø20<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Rod side cylinder port<br />
M5 x 0.8<br />
Head side<br />
cylinder port<br />
M5 x 0.8 pressurized locking port<br />
Pneumatic locking and spring<br />
and pneumatic locking<br />
28<br />
23<br />
20 14 65 11.5 9.5<br />
39 111 + Stroke 10<br />
160 + Stroke<br />
8<br />
168 + Stroke<br />
ø17<br />
ø5H9 +0.030<br />
0<br />
–0.030<br />
Clevis pin (ø5d9 –0.060)<br />
18<br />
18<br />
6.5 +0.2<br />
+0.1<br />
9-2-15
Accessory Bracket Dimensions<br />
Single Knuckle Joint: I-LJ016B<br />
Double Knuckle Joint: Y-LJ016B<br />
∗ Knuckle pin and snap ring are shipped together.<br />
Rod End Nut: NT-015A<br />
R12<br />
R12<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
ø5H10 +0.048 7 25<br />
0 8 M6 x 1.0<br />
ø5H10 +0.048<br />
0<br />
6.4 –0.1<br />
–0.3<br />
14 +0.2<br />
0<br />
12<br />
12 –0.4<br />
0<br />
6.5 +0.2<br />
0<br />
7 21<br />
10 +0.2<br />
0<br />
M6 x 1.0<br />
11.5<br />
10 5<br />
Material: Rolled steel Material: Rolled steel Material: Rolled steel<br />
Clevis Pin: CD-Z015<br />
Knuckle Pin: IY-J015A<br />
Mounting Nut: SNLJ-016B<br />
ø<br />
ø5d9 –0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
ø<br />
ø5d9 –0.030<br />
–0.060<br />
M14 x 1.0<br />
Material: Stainless steel Material: Stainless steel Material: Brass<br />
T-bracket: CJ-T016B<br />
Double clevis cylinder<br />
TN –0.1<br />
–0.3<br />
7 TH<br />
TU +0.2<br />
0<br />
ø<br />
12<br />
TK<br />
øTDH10<br />
TT<br />
Part no.<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
Material: Rolled steel<br />
Bore size (mm) TC TDH10 TH TK TN TT TU TV TW TX TY<br />
16 5.5<br />
+0.048<br />
5 0 35 20 6.4 2.3 14 48 28 38 16<br />
Regarding the installation position and the mounting height of the<br />
auto switch, refer to page of <strong>Series</strong> CDJ2 air cylinder (Double<br />
acting, Single rod), since the dimensions are the same.<br />
Note) Applicable auto switches for Fine lock cylinder <strong>Series</strong> CLJ2 are the<br />
band mounting style only.<br />
Use care that auto switch for rail mounting style is not available.<br />
9-2-16
Low Speed Cylinder<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>X<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
The external dimensions and the related things about auto<br />
switches are the same as standard type, double acting,<br />
single rod. For <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>, refer to Best <strong>Pneumatics</strong> Vol. 6.<br />
How to Order<br />
B<br />
L<br />
F<br />
D<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Mounting style<br />
Basic style<br />
Axial foot style<br />
Rod side flange style<br />
Double clevis style<br />
Bore size<br />
10 mm<br />
16 mm<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
10 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
16 15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
∗ Intermediate stroke other than above is<br />
manufactured upon receipt of order.<br />
Without auto switch<br />
With auto switch<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong>X<br />
L16 60<br />
CDJ2X L16 60 H7BW<br />
Built-in magnet<br />
Low speed cylinder<br />
Port location on head cover<br />
ø10, ø16<br />
Nil Perpendicular to axis<br />
R Axial direction<br />
∗ For configuration, refer to page 10-3-7.<br />
Auto switch<br />
∗ For the applicable auto switch<br />
model, refer to the table below.<br />
∗ Auto switches for rail mounting<br />
style are shipped together,<br />
(but not assembled).<br />
Number of<br />
auto switches<br />
Nil<br />
S<br />
n<br />
2 pcs.<br />
1 pc.<br />
“n” pcs.<br />
Built-in Magnet Cylinder Model<br />
Suffix the symbol “-A” (Rail mounting style) or “-B”<br />
(Band mounting style) to the end of part number<br />
for cylinder with auto switch.<br />
Rail mounting style CDJ2XB10-45-A<br />
Example<br />
Band mounting style CDJ2XB16-60-B<br />
Applicable Auto Switch/Refer to page 10-20-1 for further information on auto switches.<br />
Type<br />
Special<br />
function<br />
Electrical<br />
entry<br />
Indicator light<br />
Wiring<br />
(Output)<br />
Load voltage<br />
3-wire<br />
(NPN equivalent)<br />
5 V<br />
—<br />
Grommet<br />
—<br />
–<br />
12 V<br />
2-wire<br />
Connector<br />
24 V 12 V<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
(2-color indication) Grommet<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
—<br />
Grommet 3-wire (PNP)<br />
—<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
2-wire<br />
12 V<br />
Connector<br />
24 V<br />
3-wire (NPN)<br />
Diagnostic indication<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
3-wire (PNP)<br />
(2-color indication) Grommet<br />
2-wire<br />
12 V<br />
With diagnostic output<br />
(2-color indication)<br />
4-wire (NPN)<br />
5 V, 12 V<br />
∗ Lead wire length symbols: 0.5 m··········Nil (Example) C73C<br />
3 m·········· L (Example) C73CL<br />
5 m·········· Z (Example) C73CZ<br />
None ·········· N (Example) C73CN<br />
Reed switch<br />
Solid state switch<br />
Yes<br />
Yes<br />
DC<br />
AC<br />
—<br />
200 V<br />
100 V<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Auto switch model<br />
Rail mounting<br />
Band mounting<br />
Perpendicular In-line<br />
C76<br />
—<br />
C73<br />
C73C<br />
—<br />
H7A1<br />
H7A2<br />
H7B<br />
H7C<br />
H7NW<br />
H7PW<br />
H7BW<br />
H7NF<br />
—<br />
A72<br />
A73<br />
A73C<br />
A79W<br />
F7NV<br />
F7PV<br />
F7BV<br />
J79C<br />
F7NWV<br />
—<br />
F7BWV<br />
—<br />
• Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to Best <strong>Pneumatics</strong> Vol. 6 for details.<br />
• For details about auto switches with pre-wire connector, refer to page 10-20-66.<br />
A76H<br />
A72H<br />
A73H<br />
—<br />
—<br />
F79<br />
F7P<br />
J79<br />
—<br />
F79W<br />
F7PW<br />
J79W<br />
F79F<br />
Lead wire length (m) ∗<br />
0.5<br />
(Nil)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
3<br />
(L)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
5<br />
(Z)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
None<br />
(N)<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
Pre-wire<br />
connector<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
—<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Applicable<br />
load<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
—<br />
IC circuit<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
Relay,<br />
PLC<br />
∗ Solid state switches marked with “” are produced upon receipt of order.<br />
—<br />
10-3-6
Low Speed Cylinder<br />
Double Acting, Single Rod<br />
<strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>X<br />
Specifications<br />
Action<br />
Fluid<br />
Proof pressure<br />
Maximum operating pressure<br />
Minimum operating pressure<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
Air<br />
1.05 MPa<br />
0.7 MPa<br />
0.06 MPa<br />
JIS Symbol<br />
Double acting,<br />
Single rod<br />
Caution<br />
Precautions<br />
Be sure to read before handling. For Safety<br />
Instructions and Actuator Precautions,<br />
refer to pages 10-24-3 to 10-24-6.<br />
Mounting<br />
1. During installation, secure the rod cover and<br />
tighten by applying an appropriate tightening<br />
force to the retaining but or to the rod cover<br />
body.<br />
If the head cover is secured or the head cover<br />
is tightened, the cover could rotate, leading to<br />
the deviation.<br />
2. Proper tightening torque for mounting thread<br />
should be within the range specified. Apply a<br />
Loctite ® (no. 242 Blue) for mounting thread.<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
Proper tightening torque for mounting thread<br />
(N·m) (tightening torque for mounting nut)<br />
10<br />
3.0 to 3.2<br />
16<br />
5.4 to 5.9<br />
3. To remove and install the snap ring for the<br />
knuckle pin or the clevis pin, use an<br />
appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a<br />
type C snap ring).<br />
Especially with ø10, use ultra thin pliers, such<br />
as Super Tool Corp., CSM-07A.<br />
4. For the auto switch mounting rail, do not<br />
remove the pre-equipped rail. Since the<br />
mounting thread is drilled through inside a the<br />
cylinder, it will result in air leakage.<br />
Operating Precautions<br />
Warning<br />
1. It might not be able to control by meter-out at<br />
a low speed operation.<br />
Caution<br />
1. For <strong>Series</strong> <strong>CJ2</strong>X, 0.1 Nl/min is the values at<br />
maximum in terms of its construction and<br />
there is internal leakage (ANR).<br />
Ambient and fluid temperature<br />
Cushion<br />
Lubrication<br />
Thread tolerance<br />
Stroke length tolerance<br />
Piston speed<br />
Allowable kinetic energy<br />
Standard Stroke<br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
ø10<br />
ø16<br />
Mounting Style and Accessory<br />
Standard<br />
equipment<br />
Option<br />
Mounting<br />
Mounting nut<br />
Rod end nut<br />
Clevis pin<br />
Single knuckle joint<br />
Double knuckle joint ∗<br />
Port Location on Head Cover<br />
Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
+1.0<br />
0<br />
1 to 300 mm/s<br />
0.035 J<br />
0.090 J<br />
Standard stroke (mm)<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150<br />
15, 30, 45, 60, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200<br />
Basic<br />
style<br />
T-bracket<br />
∗ Pin and snap ring are shipped together with double clevis and double knuckle joint.<br />
Axial direction<br />
Perpendicular<br />
Mounting Bore size (mm)<br />
bracket<br />
Foot bracket<br />
Flange bracket<br />
T-bracket ∗<br />
10<br />
CJ-L010B<br />
CJ-F010B<br />
CJ-T010B<br />
16<br />
CJ-L016B<br />
CJ-F016B<br />
CJ-T016B<br />
∗ T-bracket is used with double clevis (D).<br />
Without auto switch: –10 to 70°C (No freezing)<br />
With auto switch: –10 to 60°C (No freezing)<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rubber bumper (Standard equipment)<br />
Not required (Non-lube)<br />
JIS Class 2<br />
Axial foot<br />
style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Rod side<br />
flange style<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Double ∗<br />
clevis style<br />
For basic style, the port position in a head cover is available either perpendicular to the axis<br />
or in-line with the cylinder axis.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
Auto Switch Mounting Bracket Part No.<br />
(Band mounting style)<br />
Bore size<br />
(mm)<br />
10<br />
16<br />
Auto switch mounting<br />
bracket part no.<br />
BJ2-010<br />
BJ2-016<br />
Note<br />
Common for the types of<br />
D-C7/C8 and D-H7<br />
RE A B<br />
REC<br />
CX<br />
CY<br />
MQ Q M<br />
RHC<br />
MK(2)<br />
RS Q G<br />
RS A<br />
H<br />
RZQ<br />
MI W S<br />
CEP1<br />
CE1<br />
CE2<br />
ML2B<br />
C G5-S<br />
J<br />
CV<br />
MVGQ<br />
CC<br />
RB<br />
J<br />
D-<br />
-X<br />
20-<br />
Data<br />
10-3-7
Made to Order Specifications:<br />
-XB13: Low Speed Cylinder<br />
5 to 50 mm/s (CY1: 7 to 50 mm/s)<br />
Symbol<br />
Low Speed Cylinder<br />
-XB13<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong> Standard model no. XB13 CY1<br />
Standard model no. XB13<br />
CM2<br />
Mounting style Bore size Stroke<br />
XB13<br />
MGP<br />
M<br />
L<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
CG1<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
MGGM<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
MB<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
MGCM<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
CU<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
CX2<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
M<br />
CQ2 Standard model no. XB13 CXW<br />
Standard model no. XB13<br />
M<br />
CQS Standard model no. XB13 CXS<br />
Standard model no. XB13<br />
L<br />
L<br />
Low speed cylinder<br />
MXU<br />
Standard model no.<br />
XB13<br />
Note) Operate without lubrication from a pneumatic system lubricator.<br />
Specifications<br />
CXT<br />
M<br />
L<br />
Standard model no.<br />
Low speed cylinder<br />
XB13<br />
Applicable<br />
cylinder<br />
Action<br />
<strong>Series</strong><br />
Bore size (mm)<br />
Piston speed<br />
Cushion<br />
Auto switch<br />
Mounting<br />
Dimensions<br />
Air cylinder/Standard<br />
Free<br />
Compact Compact<br />
mount<br />
cylinder cylinder<br />
cylinder<br />
Magnetically<br />
coupled<br />
rodless<br />
cylinder<br />
Compact<br />
guide<br />
cylinder<br />
Guide<br />
cylinder<br />
Slide bearing<br />
Slide<br />
unit<br />
Dual<br />
Compact Platform<br />
rod<br />
slide cylinder<br />
cylinder<br />
M<br />
M M<br />
<strong>CJ2</strong> CM2 CG1 MB CU CQ2 CQS CY1 MGPL<br />
MGGM MGCM CX2 CXWL<br />
CXSL<br />
MXU<br />
6, 10<br />
16<br />
Basic<br />
Foot<br />
Flange<br />
Double clevis<br />
Double acting, Single rod<br />
20, 25<br />
32, 45<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
20, 25<br />
32, 40<br />
50, 63<br />
Basic<br />
Foot<br />
Flange<br />
Trunnion<br />
Clevis<br />
32, 40<br />
50, 63<br />
80, 100<br />
5 to 50 mm/s<br />
Air<br />
cushion<br />
on<br />
both ends<br />
Basic<br />
Foot<br />
Flange<br />
Clevis<br />
Trunnion<br />
6, 10<br />
16, 20<br />
25, 32<br />
Rubber<br />
bumper on<br />
both ends<br />
12, 16, 20<br />
25, 32, 40<br />
50, 63, 80<br />
100<br />
No<br />
rubber<br />
bumper<br />
12, 16<br />
20, 25<br />
No<br />
rubber<br />
bumper<br />
CY1B: 6<br />
10, 15, 20<br />
25, 32<br />
40, 50, 63<br />
CY1S,<br />
CY1L: 6<br />
to 40<br />
7 to 50<br />
mm/s<br />
12, 16, 20<br />
25, 32, 40<br />
50, 63, 80<br />
100<br />
5 to 50<br />
mm/s<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
on both ends<br />
Mountable<br />
Double acting<br />
20, 25, 32<br />
40, 50<br />
Rubber bumper<br />
(Basic cylinder)<br />
10, 15<br />
25<br />
10, 16, 20<br />
25, 32<br />
5 to 50 mm/s<br />
Shock<br />
absorber<br />
(CX2: Option)<br />
6, 10<br />
15, 20<br />
25, 32<br />
Basic Basic<br />
Basic<br />
Foot Foot Basic<br />
Basic Basic Front mounting<br />
Flange Flange<br />
Basic<br />
Slider<br />
Flange<br />
Double clevis Double clevis<br />
6, 10<br />
16<br />
Rubber<br />
bumper<br />
CXT M L<br />
12, 16<br />
20, 25<br />
32, 40<br />
Additional<br />
specifications<br />
Dimensions and specifications are the same as standard products of double acting. Refer to Best <strong>Pneumatics</strong> Vol. 6, 7 and 8.<br />
∗ No shock absorber is available for the <strong>Series</strong> MGGM.<br />
10-3-18